1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * ex_cmds.c: some functions for command line commands 12 */ 13 14 #include "vim.h" 15 #include "version.h" 16 17 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 18 # include <float.h> 19 #endif 20 21 static int linelen(int *has_tab); 22 static void do_filter(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, exarg_T *eap, char_u *cmd, int do_in, int do_out); 23 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO 24 static char_u *viminfo_filename(char_u *); 25 static void do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags); 26 static int viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp); 27 static int read_viminfo_up_to_marks(vir_T *virp, int forceit, int writing); 28 #endif 29 30 static int check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf); 31 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 32 static void delbuf_msg(char_u *name); 33 #endif 34 static int 35 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 36 _RTLENTRYF 37 #endif 38 help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2); 39 static void prepare_help_buffer(void); 40 41 /* 42 * ":ascii" and "ga". 43 */ 44 void 45 do_ascii(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 46 { 47 int c; 48 int cval; 49 char buf1[20]; 50 char buf2[20]; 51 char_u buf3[7]; 52 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 53 int cc[MAX_MCO]; 54 int ci = 0; 55 int len; 56 57 if (enc_utf8) 58 c = utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cc); 59 else 60 #endif 61 c = gchar_cursor(); 62 if (c == NUL) 63 { 64 MSG("NUL"); 65 return; 66 } 67 68 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 69 IObuff[0] = NUL; 70 if (!has_mbyte || (enc_dbcs != 0 && c < 0x100) || c < 0x80) 71 #endif 72 { 73 if (c == NL) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 74 c = NUL; 75 if (c == CAR && get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_MAC) 76 cval = NL; /* NL is stored as CR */ 77 else 78 cval = c; 79 if (vim_isprintc_strict(c) && (c < ' ' 80 #ifndef EBCDIC 81 || c > '~' 82 #endif 83 )) 84 { 85 transchar_nonprint(buf3, c); 86 vim_snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), " <%s>", (char *)buf3); 87 } 88 else 89 buf1[0] = NUL; 90 #ifndef EBCDIC 91 if (c >= 0x80) 92 vim_snprintf(buf2, sizeof(buf2), " <M-%s>", 93 (char *)transchar(c & 0x7f)); 94 else 95 #endif 96 buf2[0] = NUL; 97 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 98 _("<%s>%s%s %d, Hex %02x, Octal %03o"), 99 transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval); 100 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 101 if (enc_utf8) 102 c = cc[ci++]; 103 else 104 c = 0; 105 #endif 106 } 107 108 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 109 /* Repeat for combining characters. */ 110 while (has_mbyte && (c >= 0x100 || (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80))) 111 { 112 len = (int)STRLEN(IObuff); 113 /* This assumes every multi-byte char is printable... */ 114 if (len > 0) 115 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 116 IObuff[len++] = '<'; 117 if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c) 118 # ifdef USE_GUI 119 && !gui.in_use 120 # endif 121 ) 122 IObuff[len++] = ' '; /* draw composing char on top of a space */ 123 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, IObuff + len); 124 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len, 125 c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Octal %o") 126 : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Octal %o"), c, c, c); 127 if (ci == MAX_MCO) 128 break; 129 if (enc_utf8) 130 c = cc[ci++]; 131 else 132 c = 0; 133 } 134 #endif 135 136 msg(IObuff); 137 } 138 139 /* 140 * ":left", ":center" and ":right": align text. 141 */ 142 void 143 ex_align(exarg_T *eap) 144 { 145 pos_T save_curpos; 146 int len; 147 int indent = 0; 148 int new_indent; 149 int has_tab; 150 int width; 151 152 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 153 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 154 { 155 /* switch left and right aligning */ 156 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_right) 157 eap->cmdidx = CMD_left; 158 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) 159 eap->cmdidx = CMD_right; 160 } 161 #endif 162 163 width = atoi((char *)eap->arg); 164 save_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; 165 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) /* width is used for new indent */ 166 { 167 if (width >= 0) 168 indent = width; 169 } 170 else 171 { 172 /* 173 * if 'textwidth' set, use it 174 * else if 'wrapmargin' set, use it 175 * if invalid value, use 80 176 */ 177 if (width <= 0) 178 width = curbuf->b_p_tw; 179 if (width == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm > 0) 180 width = curwin->w_width - curbuf->b_p_wm; 181 if (width <= 0) 182 width = 80; 183 } 184 185 if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL) 186 return; 187 188 for (curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; 189 curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= eap->line2; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 190 { 191 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) /* left align */ 192 new_indent = indent; 193 else 194 { 195 has_tab = FALSE; /* avoid uninit warnings */ 196 len = linelen(eap->cmdidx == CMD_right ? &has_tab 197 : NULL) - get_indent(); 198 199 if (len <= 0) /* skip blank lines */ 200 continue; 201 202 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_center) 203 new_indent = (width - len) / 2; 204 else 205 { 206 new_indent = width - len; /* right align */ 207 208 /* 209 * Make sure that embedded TABs don't make the text go too far 210 * to the right. 211 */ 212 if (has_tab) 213 while (new_indent > 0) 214 { 215 (void)set_indent(new_indent, 0); 216 if (linelen(NULL) <= width) 217 { 218 /* 219 * Now try to move the line as much as possible to 220 * the right. Stop when it moves too far. 221 */ 222 do 223 (void)set_indent(++new_indent, 0); 224 while (linelen(NULL) <= width); 225 --new_indent; 226 break; 227 } 228 --new_indent; 229 } 230 } 231 } 232 if (new_indent < 0) 233 new_indent = 0; 234 (void)set_indent(new_indent, 0); /* set indent */ 235 } 236 changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, 0L); 237 curwin->w_cursor = save_curpos; 238 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 239 } 240 241 /* 242 * Get the length of the current line, excluding trailing white space. 243 */ 244 static int 245 linelen(int *has_tab) 246 { 247 char_u *line; 248 char_u *first; 249 char_u *last; 250 int save; 251 int len; 252 253 /* find the first non-blank character */ 254 line = ml_get_curline(); 255 first = skipwhite(line); 256 257 /* find the character after the last non-blank character */ 258 for (last = first + STRLEN(first); 259 last > first && VIM_ISWHITE(last[-1]); --last) 260 ; 261 save = *last; 262 *last = NUL; 263 len = linetabsize(line); /* get line length */ 264 if (has_tab != NULL) /* check for embedded TAB */ 265 *has_tab = (vim_strrchr(first, TAB) != NULL); 266 *last = save; 267 268 return len; 269 } 270 271 /* Buffer for two lines used during sorting. They are allocated to 272 * contain the longest line being sorted. */ 273 static char_u *sortbuf1; 274 static char_u *sortbuf2; 275 276 static int sort_ic; /* ignore case */ 277 static int sort_nr; /* sort on number */ 278 static int sort_rx; /* sort on regex instead of skipping it */ 279 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 280 static int sort_flt; /* sort on floating number */ 281 #endif 282 283 static int sort_abort; /* flag to indicate if sorting has been interrupted */ 284 285 /* Struct to store info to be sorted. */ 286 typedef struct 287 { 288 linenr_T lnum; /* line number */ 289 union { 290 struct 291 { 292 varnumber_T start_col_nr; /* starting column number */ 293 varnumber_T end_col_nr; /* ending column number */ 294 } line; 295 varnumber_T value; /* value if sorting by integer */ 296 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 297 float_T value_flt; /* value if sorting by float */ 298 #endif 299 } st_u; 300 } sorti_T; 301 302 static int 303 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 304 _RTLENTRYF 305 #endif 306 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2); 307 308 static int 309 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 310 _RTLENTRYF 311 #endif 312 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2) 313 { 314 sorti_T l1 = *(sorti_T *)s1; 315 sorti_T l2 = *(sorti_T *)s2; 316 int result = 0; 317 318 /* If the user interrupts, there's no way to stop qsort() immediately, but 319 * if we return 0 every time, qsort will assume it's done sorting and 320 * exit. */ 321 if (sort_abort) 322 return 0; 323 fast_breakcheck(); 324 if (got_int) 325 sort_abort = TRUE; 326 327 /* When sorting numbers "start_col_nr" is the number, not the column 328 * number. */ 329 if (sort_nr) 330 result = l1.st_u.value == l2.st_u.value ? 0 331 : l1.st_u.value > l2.st_u.value ? 1 : -1; 332 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 333 else if (sort_flt) 334 result = l1.st_u.value_flt == l2.st_u.value_flt ? 0 335 : l1.st_u.value_flt > l2.st_u.value_flt ? 1 : -1; 336 #endif 337 else 338 { 339 /* We need to copy one line into "sortbuf1", because there is no 340 * guarantee that the first pointer becomes invalid when obtaining the 341 * second one. */ 342 STRNCPY(sortbuf1, ml_get(l1.lnum) + l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr, 343 l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1); 344 sortbuf1[l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0; 345 STRNCPY(sortbuf2, ml_get(l2.lnum) + l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr, 346 l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1); 347 sortbuf2[l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0; 348 349 result = sort_ic ? STRICMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2) 350 : STRCMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2); 351 } 352 353 /* If two lines have the same value, preserve the original line order. */ 354 if (result == 0) 355 return (int)(l1.lnum - l2.lnum); 356 return result; 357 } 358 359 /* 360 * ":sort". 361 */ 362 void 363 ex_sort(exarg_T *eap) 364 { 365 regmatch_T regmatch; 366 int len; 367 linenr_T lnum; 368 long maxlen = 0; 369 sorti_T *nrs; 370 size_t count = (size_t)(eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1); 371 size_t i; 372 char_u *p; 373 char_u *s; 374 char_u *s2; 375 char_u c; /* temporary character storage */ 376 int unique = FALSE; 377 long deleted; 378 colnr_T start_col; 379 colnr_T end_col; 380 int sort_what = 0; 381 int format_found = 0; 382 383 /* Sorting one line is really quick! */ 384 if (count <= 1) 385 return; 386 387 if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL) 388 return; 389 sortbuf1 = NULL; 390 sortbuf2 = NULL; 391 regmatch.regprog = NULL; 392 nrs = (sorti_T *)lalloc((long_u)(count * sizeof(sorti_T)), TRUE); 393 if (nrs == NULL) 394 goto sortend; 395 396 sort_abort = sort_ic = sort_rx = sort_nr = 0; 397 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 398 sort_flt = 0; 399 #endif 400 401 for (p = eap->arg; *p != NUL; ++p) 402 { 403 if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p)) 404 ; 405 else if (*p == 'i') 406 sort_ic = TRUE; 407 else if (*p == 'r') 408 sort_rx = TRUE; 409 else if (*p == 'n') 410 { 411 sort_nr = 1; 412 ++format_found; 413 } 414 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 415 else if (*p == 'f') 416 { 417 sort_flt = 1; 418 ++format_found; 419 } 420 #endif 421 else if (*p == 'b') 422 { 423 sort_what = STR2NR_BIN + STR2NR_FORCE; 424 ++format_found; 425 } 426 else if (*p == 'o') 427 { 428 sort_what = STR2NR_OCT + STR2NR_FORCE; 429 ++format_found; 430 } 431 else if (*p == 'x') 432 { 433 sort_what = STR2NR_HEX + STR2NR_FORCE; 434 ++format_found; 435 } 436 else if (*p == 'u') 437 unique = TRUE; 438 else if (*p == '"') /* comment start */ 439 break; 440 else if (check_nextcmd(p) != NULL) 441 { 442 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 443 break; 444 } 445 else if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) && regmatch.regprog == NULL) 446 { 447 s = skip_regexp(p + 1, *p, TRUE, NULL); 448 if (*s != *p) 449 { 450 EMSG(_(e_invalpat)); 451 goto sortend; 452 } 453 *s = NUL; 454 /* Use last search pattern if sort pattern is empty. */ 455 if (s == p + 1) 456 { 457 if (last_search_pat() == NULL) 458 { 459 EMSG(_(e_noprevre)); 460 goto sortend; 461 } 462 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(last_search_pat(), RE_MAGIC); 463 } 464 else 465 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(p + 1, RE_MAGIC); 466 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 467 goto sortend; 468 p = s; /* continue after the regexp */ 469 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 470 } 471 else 472 { 473 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 474 goto sortend; 475 } 476 } 477 478 /* Can only have one of 'n', 'b', 'o' and 'x'. */ 479 if (format_found > 1) 480 { 481 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 482 goto sortend; 483 } 484 485 /* From here on "sort_nr" is used as a flag for any integer number 486 * sorting. */ 487 sort_nr += sort_what; 488 489 /* 490 * Make an array with all line numbers. This avoids having to copy all 491 * the lines into allocated memory. 492 * When sorting on strings "start_col_nr" is the offset in the line, for 493 * numbers sorting it's the number to sort on. This means the pattern 494 * matching and number conversion only has to be done once per line. 495 * Also get the longest line length for allocating "sortbuf". 496 */ 497 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum) 498 { 499 s = ml_get(lnum); 500 len = (int)STRLEN(s); 501 if (maxlen < len) 502 maxlen = len; 503 504 start_col = 0; 505 end_col = len; 506 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, s, 0)) 507 { 508 if (sort_rx) 509 { 510 start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.startp[0] - s); 511 end_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s); 512 } 513 else 514 start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s); 515 } 516 else 517 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 518 end_col = 0; 519 520 if (sort_nr 521 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 522 || sort_flt 523 #endif 524 ) 525 { 526 /* Make sure vim_str2nr doesn't read any digits past the end 527 * of the match, by temporarily terminating the string there */ 528 s2 = s + end_col; 529 c = *s2; 530 *s2 = NUL; 531 /* Sorting on number: Store the number itself. */ 532 p = s + start_col; 533 if (sort_nr) 534 { 535 if (sort_what & STR2NR_HEX) 536 s = skiptohex(p); 537 else if (sort_what & STR2NR_BIN) 538 s = skiptobin(p); 539 else 540 s = skiptodigit(p); 541 if (s > p && s[-1] == '-') 542 --s; /* include preceding negative sign */ 543 if (*s == NUL) 544 /* empty line should sort before any number */ 545 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value = -MAXLNUM; 546 else 547 vim_str2nr(s, NULL, NULL, sort_what, 548 &nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value, NULL, 0); 549 } 550 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 551 else 552 { 553 s = skipwhite(p); 554 if (*s == '+') 555 s = skipwhite(s + 1); 556 557 if (*s == NUL) 558 /* empty line should sort before any number */ 559 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt = -DBL_MAX; 560 else 561 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt = 562 strtod((char *)s, NULL); 563 } 564 #endif 565 *s2 = c; 566 } 567 else 568 { 569 /* Store the column to sort at. */ 570 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.start_col_nr = start_col; 571 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.end_col_nr = end_col; 572 } 573 574 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].lnum = lnum; 575 576 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 577 fast_breakcheck(); 578 if (got_int) 579 goto sortend; 580 } 581 582 /* Allocate a buffer that can hold the longest line. */ 583 sortbuf1 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1); 584 if (sortbuf1 == NULL) 585 goto sortend; 586 sortbuf2 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1); 587 if (sortbuf2 == NULL) 588 goto sortend; 589 590 /* Sort the array of line numbers. Note: can't be interrupted! */ 591 qsort((void *)nrs, count, sizeof(sorti_T), sort_compare); 592 593 if (sort_abort) 594 goto sortend; 595 596 /* Insert the lines in the sorted order below the last one. */ 597 lnum = eap->line2; 598 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) 599 { 600 s = ml_get(nrs[eap->forceit ? count - i - 1 : i].lnum); 601 if (!unique || i == 0 602 || (sort_ic ? STRICMP(s, sortbuf1) : STRCMP(s, sortbuf1)) != 0) 603 { 604 /* Copy the line into a buffer, it may become invalid in 605 * ml_append(). And it's needed for "unique". */ 606 STRCPY(sortbuf1, s); 607 if (ml_append(lnum++, sortbuf1, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) == FAIL) 608 break; 609 } 610 fast_breakcheck(); 611 if (got_int) 612 goto sortend; 613 } 614 615 /* delete the original lines if appending worked */ 616 if (i == count) 617 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) 618 ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE); 619 else 620 count = 0; 621 622 /* Adjust marks for deleted (or added) lines and prepare for displaying. */ 623 deleted = (long)(count - (lnum - eap->line2)); 624 if (deleted > 0) 625 mark_adjust(eap->line2 - deleted, eap->line2, (long)MAXLNUM, -deleted); 626 else if (deleted < 0) 627 mark_adjust(eap->line2, MAXLNUM, -deleted, 0L); 628 changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, -deleted); 629 630 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; 631 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 632 633 sortend: 634 vim_free(nrs); 635 vim_free(sortbuf1); 636 vim_free(sortbuf2); 637 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 638 if (got_int) 639 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 640 } 641 642 /* 643 * ":retab". 644 */ 645 void 646 ex_retab(exarg_T *eap) 647 { 648 linenr_T lnum; 649 int got_tab = FALSE; 650 long num_spaces = 0; 651 long num_tabs; 652 long len; 653 long col; 654 long vcol; 655 long start_col = 0; /* For start of white-space string */ 656 long start_vcol = 0; /* For start of white-space string */ 657 int temp; 658 long old_len; 659 char_u *ptr; 660 char_u *new_line = (char_u *)1; /* init to non-NULL */ 661 int did_undo; /* called u_save for current line */ 662 int new_ts; 663 int save_list; 664 linenr_T first_line = 0; /* first changed line */ 665 linenr_T last_line = 0; /* last changed line */ 666 667 save_list = curwin->w_p_list; 668 curwin->w_p_list = 0; /* don't want list mode here */ 669 670 new_ts = getdigits(&(eap->arg)); 671 if (new_ts < 0) 672 { 673 EMSG(_(e_positive)); 674 return; 675 } 676 if (new_ts == 0) 677 new_ts = curbuf->b_p_ts; 678 for (lnum = eap->line1; !got_int && lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum) 679 { 680 ptr = ml_get(lnum); 681 col = 0; 682 vcol = 0; 683 did_undo = FALSE; 684 for (;;) 685 { 686 if (VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[col])) 687 { 688 if (!got_tab && num_spaces == 0) 689 { 690 /* First consecutive white-space */ 691 start_vcol = vcol; 692 start_col = col; 693 } 694 if (ptr[col] == ' ') 695 num_spaces++; 696 else 697 got_tab = TRUE; 698 } 699 else 700 { 701 if (got_tab || (eap->forceit && num_spaces > 1)) 702 { 703 /* Retabulate this string of white-space */ 704 705 /* len is virtual length of white string */ 706 len = num_spaces = vcol - start_vcol; 707 num_tabs = 0; 708 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) 709 { 710 temp = new_ts - (start_vcol % new_ts); 711 if (num_spaces >= temp) 712 { 713 num_spaces -= temp; 714 num_tabs++; 715 } 716 num_tabs += num_spaces / new_ts; 717 num_spaces -= (num_spaces / new_ts) * new_ts; 718 } 719 if (curbuf->b_p_et || got_tab || 720 (num_spaces + num_tabs < len)) 721 { 722 if (did_undo == FALSE) 723 { 724 did_undo = TRUE; 725 if (u_save((linenr_T)(lnum - 1), 726 (linenr_T)(lnum + 1)) == FAIL) 727 { 728 new_line = NULL; /* flag out-of-memory */ 729 break; 730 } 731 } 732 733 /* len is actual number of white characters used */ 734 len = num_spaces + num_tabs; 735 old_len = (long)STRLEN(ptr); 736 new_line = lalloc(old_len - col + start_col + len + 1, 737 TRUE); 738 if (new_line == NULL) 739 break; 740 if (start_col > 0) 741 mch_memmove(new_line, ptr, (size_t)start_col); 742 mch_memmove(new_line + start_col + len, 743 ptr + col, (size_t)(old_len - col + 1)); 744 ptr = new_line + start_col; 745 for (col = 0; col < len; col++) 746 ptr[col] = (col < num_tabs) ? '\t' : ' '; 747 ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE); 748 if (first_line == 0) 749 first_line = lnum; 750 last_line = lnum; 751 ptr = new_line; 752 col = start_col + len; 753 } 754 } 755 got_tab = FALSE; 756 num_spaces = 0; 757 } 758 if (ptr[col] == NUL) 759 break; 760 vcol += chartabsize(ptr + col, (colnr_T)vcol); 761 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 762 if (has_mbyte) 763 col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + col); 764 else 765 #endif 766 ++col; 767 } 768 if (new_line == NULL) /* out of memory */ 769 break; 770 line_breakcheck(); 771 } 772 if (got_int) 773 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 774 775 if (curbuf->b_p_ts != new_ts) 776 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 777 if (first_line != 0) 778 changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line + 1, 0L); 779 780 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; /* restore 'list' */ 781 782 curbuf->b_p_ts = new_ts; 783 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 784 785 u_clearline(); 786 } 787 788 /* 789 * :move command - move lines line1-line2 to line dest 790 * 791 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise 792 */ 793 int 794 do_move(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T dest) 795 { 796 char_u *str; 797 linenr_T l; 798 linenr_T extra; /* Num lines added before line1 */ 799 linenr_T num_lines; /* Num lines moved */ 800 linenr_T last_line; /* Last line in file after adding new text */ 801 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 802 win_T *win; 803 tabpage_T *tp; 804 #endif 805 806 if (dest >= line1 && dest < line2) 807 { 808 EMSG(_("E134: Move lines into themselves")); 809 return FAIL; 810 } 811 812 num_lines = line2 - line1 + 1; 813 814 /* 815 * First we copy the old text to its new location -- webb 816 * Also copy the flag that ":global" command uses. 817 */ 818 if (u_save(dest, dest + 1) == FAIL) 819 return FAIL; 820 for (extra = 0, l = line1; l <= line2; l++) 821 { 822 str = vim_strsave(ml_get(l + extra)); 823 if (str != NULL) 824 { 825 ml_append(dest + l - line1, str, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 826 vim_free(str); 827 if (dest < line1) 828 extra++; 829 } 830 } 831 832 /* 833 * Now we must be careful adjusting our marks so that we don't overlap our 834 * mark_adjust() calls. 835 * 836 * We adjust the marks within the old text so that they refer to the 837 * last lines of the file (temporarily), because we know no other marks 838 * will be set there since these line numbers did not exist until we added 839 * our new lines. 840 * 841 * Then we adjust the marks on lines between the old and new text positions 842 * (either forwards or backwards). 843 * 844 * And Finally we adjust the marks we put at the end of the file back to 845 * their final destination at the new text position -- webb 846 */ 847 last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 848 mark_adjust_nofold(line1, line2, last_line - line2, 0L); 849 if (dest >= line2) 850 { 851 mark_adjust_nofold(line2 + 1, dest, -num_lines, 0L); 852 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 853 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) { 854 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) 855 foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, line1, line2, dest); 856 } 857 #endif 858 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest - num_lines + 1; 859 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest; 860 } 861 else 862 { 863 mark_adjust_nofold(dest + 1, line1 - 1, num_lines, 0L); 864 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 865 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) { 866 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) 867 foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, dest + 1, line1 - 1, line2); 868 } 869 #endif 870 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest + 1; 871 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest + num_lines; 872 } 873 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 874 mark_adjust_nofold(last_line - num_lines + 1, last_line, 875 -(last_line - dest - extra), 0L); 876 877 /* 878 * Now we delete the original text -- webb 879 */ 880 if (u_save(line1 + extra - 1, line2 + extra + 1) == FAIL) 881 return FAIL; 882 883 for (l = line1; l <= line2; l++) 884 ml_delete(line1 + extra, TRUE); 885 886 if (!global_busy && num_lines > p_report) 887 { 888 if (num_lines == 1) 889 MSG(_("1 line moved")); 890 else 891 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines moved"), num_lines); 892 } 893 894 /* 895 * Leave the cursor on the last of the moved lines. 896 */ 897 if (dest >= line1) 898 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest; 899 else 900 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest + (line2 - line1) + 1; 901 902 if (line1 < dest) 903 { 904 dest += num_lines + 1; 905 last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 906 if (dest > last_line + 1) 907 dest = last_line + 1; 908 changed_lines(line1, 0, dest, 0L); 909 } 910 else 911 changed_lines(dest + 1, 0, line1 + num_lines, 0L); 912 913 return OK; 914 } 915 916 /* 917 * ":copy" 918 */ 919 void 920 ex_copy(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T n) 921 { 922 linenr_T count; 923 char_u *p; 924 925 count = line2 - line1 + 1; 926 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = n + 1; 927 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = n + count; 928 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 929 930 /* 931 * there are three situations: 932 * 1. destination is above line1 933 * 2. destination is between line1 and line2 934 * 3. destination is below line2 935 * 936 * n = destination (when starting) 937 * curwin->w_cursor.lnum = destination (while copying) 938 * line1 = start of source (while copying) 939 * line2 = end of source (while copying) 940 */ 941 if (u_save(n, n + 1) == FAIL) 942 return; 943 944 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = n; 945 while (line1 <= line2) 946 { 947 /* need to use vim_strsave() because the line will be unlocked within 948 * ml_append() */ 949 p = vim_strsave(ml_get(line1)); 950 if (p != NULL) 951 { 952 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 953 vim_free(p); 954 } 955 /* situation 2: skip already copied lines */ 956 if (line1 == n) 957 line1 = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 958 ++line1; 959 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line1) 960 ++line1; 961 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line2) 962 ++line2; 963 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 964 } 965 966 appended_lines_mark(n, count); 967 968 msgmore((long)count); 969 } 970 971 static char_u *prevcmd = NULL; /* the previous command */ 972 973 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 974 void 975 free_prev_shellcmd(void) 976 { 977 vim_free(prevcmd); 978 } 979 #endif 980 981 /* 982 * Handle the ":!cmd" command. Also for ":r !cmd" and ":w !cmd" 983 * Bangs in the argument are replaced with the previously entered command. 984 * Remember the argument. 985 */ 986 void 987 do_bang( 988 int addr_count, 989 exarg_T *eap, 990 int forceit, 991 int do_in, 992 int do_out) 993 { 994 char_u *arg = eap->arg; /* command */ 995 linenr_T line1 = eap->line1; /* start of range */ 996 linenr_T line2 = eap->line2; /* end of range */ 997 char_u *newcmd = NULL; /* the new command */ 998 int free_newcmd = FALSE; /* need to free() newcmd */ 999 int ins_prevcmd; 1000 char_u *t; 1001 char_u *p; 1002 char_u *trailarg; 1003 int len; 1004 int scroll_save = msg_scroll; 1005 1006 /* 1007 * Disallow shell commands for "rvim". 1008 * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for 1009 * security reasons. 1010 */ 1011 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 1012 return; 1013 1014 if (addr_count == 0) /* :! */ 1015 { 1016 msg_scroll = FALSE; /* don't scroll here */ 1017 autowrite_all(); 1018 msg_scroll = scroll_save; 1019 } 1020 1021 /* 1022 * Try to find an embedded bang, like in :!<cmd> ! [args] 1023 * (:!! is indicated by the 'forceit' variable) 1024 */ 1025 ins_prevcmd = forceit; 1026 trailarg = arg; 1027 do 1028 { 1029 len = (int)STRLEN(trailarg) + 1; 1030 if (newcmd != NULL) 1031 len += (int)STRLEN(newcmd); 1032 if (ins_prevcmd) 1033 { 1034 if (prevcmd == NULL) 1035 { 1036 EMSG(_(e_noprev)); 1037 vim_free(newcmd); 1038 return; 1039 } 1040 len += (int)STRLEN(prevcmd); 1041 } 1042 if ((t = alloc((unsigned)len)) == NULL) 1043 { 1044 vim_free(newcmd); 1045 return; 1046 } 1047 *t = NUL; 1048 if (newcmd != NULL) 1049 STRCAT(t, newcmd); 1050 if (ins_prevcmd) 1051 STRCAT(t, prevcmd); 1052 p = t + STRLEN(t); 1053 STRCAT(t, trailarg); 1054 vim_free(newcmd); 1055 newcmd = t; 1056 1057 /* 1058 * Scan the rest of the argument for '!', which is replaced by the 1059 * previous command. "\!" is replaced by "!" (this is vi compatible). 1060 */ 1061 trailarg = NULL; 1062 while (*p) 1063 { 1064 if (*p == '!') 1065 { 1066 if (p > newcmd && p[-1] == '\\') 1067 STRMOVE(p - 1, p); 1068 else 1069 { 1070 trailarg = p; 1071 *trailarg++ = NUL; 1072 ins_prevcmd = TRUE; 1073 break; 1074 } 1075 } 1076 ++p; 1077 } 1078 } while (trailarg != NULL); 1079 1080 vim_free(prevcmd); 1081 prevcmd = newcmd; 1082 1083 if (bangredo) /* put cmd in redo buffer for ! command */ 1084 { 1085 /* If % or # appears in the command, it must have been escaped. 1086 * Reescape them, so that redoing them does not substitute them by the 1087 * buffername. */ 1088 char_u *cmd = vim_strsave_escaped(prevcmd, (char_u *)"%#"); 1089 1090 if (cmd != NULL) 1091 { 1092 AppendToRedobuffLit(cmd, -1); 1093 vim_free(cmd); 1094 } 1095 else 1096 AppendToRedobuffLit(prevcmd, -1); 1097 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\n"); 1098 bangredo = FALSE; 1099 } 1100 /* 1101 * Add quotes around the command, for shells that need them. 1102 */ 1103 if (*p_shq != NUL) 1104 { 1105 newcmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(prevcmd) + 2 * STRLEN(p_shq) + 1)); 1106 if (newcmd == NULL) 1107 return; 1108 STRCPY(newcmd, p_shq); 1109 STRCAT(newcmd, prevcmd); 1110 STRCAT(newcmd, p_shq); 1111 free_newcmd = TRUE; 1112 } 1113 if (addr_count == 0) /* :! */ 1114 { 1115 /* echo the command */ 1116 msg_start(); 1117 msg_putchar(':'); 1118 msg_putchar('!'); 1119 msg_outtrans(newcmd); 1120 msg_clr_eos(); 1121 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); 1122 1123 do_shell(newcmd, 0); 1124 } 1125 else /* :range! */ 1126 { 1127 /* Careful: This may recursively call do_bang() again! (because of 1128 * autocommands) */ 1129 do_filter(line1, line2, eap, newcmd, do_in, do_out); 1130 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1131 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLFILTERPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1132 #endif 1133 } 1134 if (free_newcmd) 1135 vim_free(newcmd); 1136 } 1137 1138 /* 1139 * do_filter: filter lines through a command given by the user 1140 * 1141 * We mostly use temp files and the call_shell() routine here. This would 1142 * normally be done using pipes on a UNIX machine, but this is more portable 1143 * to non-unix machines. The call_shell() routine needs to be able 1144 * to deal with redirection somehow, and should handle things like looking 1145 * at the PATH env. variable, and adding reasonable extensions to the 1146 * command name given by the user. All reasonable versions of call_shell() 1147 * do this. 1148 * Alternatively, if on Unix and redirecting input or output, but not both, 1149 * and the 'shelltemp' option isn't set, use pipes. 1150 * We use input redirection if do_in is TRUE. 1151 * We use output redirection if do_out is TRUE. 1152 */ 1153 static void 1154 do_filter( 1155 linenr_T line1, 1156 linenr_T line2, 1157 exarg_T *eap, /* for forced 'ff' and 'fenc' */ 1158 char_u *cmd, 1159 int do_in, 1160 int do_out) 1161 { 1162 char_u *itmp = NULL; 1163 char_u *otmp = NULL; 1164 linenr_T linecount; 1165 linenr_T read_linecount; 1166 pos_T cursor_save; 1167 char_u *cmd_buf; 1168 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1169 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 1170 #endif 1171 int shell_flags = 0; 1172 1173 if (*cmd == NUL) /* no filter command */ 1174 return; 1175 1176 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; 1177 linecount = line2 - line1 + 1; 1178 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1; 1179 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 1180 changed_line_abv_curs(); 1181 invalidate_botline(); 1182 1183 /* 1184 * When using temp files: 1185 * 1. * Form temp file names 1186 * 2. * Write the lines to a temp file 1187 * 3. Run the filter command on the temp file 1188 * 4. * Read the output of the command into the buffer 1189 * 5. * Delete the original lines to be filtered 1190 * 6. * Remove the temp files 1191 * 1192 * When writing the input with a pipe or when catching the output with a 1193 * pipe only need to do 3. 1194 */ 1195 1196 if (do_out) 1197 shell_flags |= SHELL_DOOUT; 1198 1199 #ifdef FEAT_FILTERPIPE 1200 if (!do_in && do_out && !p_stmp) 1201 { 1202 /* Use a pipe to fetch stdout of the command, do not use a temp file. */ 1203 shell_flags |= SHELL_READ; 1204 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2; 1205 } 1206 else if (do_in && !do_out && !p_stmp) 1207 { 1208 /* Use a pipe to write stdin of the command, do not use a temp file. */ 1209 shell_flags |= SHELL_WRITE; 1210 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1; 1211 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; 1212 } 1213 else if (do_in && do_out && !p_stmp) 1214 { 1215 /* Use a pipe to write stdin and fetch stdout of the command, do not 1216 * use a temp file. */ 1217 shell_flags |= SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE; 1218 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1; 1219 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; 1220 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2; 1221 } 1222 else 1223 #endif 1224 if ((do_in && (itmp = vim_tempname('i', FALSE)) == NULL) 1225 || (do_out && (otmp = vim_tempname('o', FALSE)) == NULL)) 1226 { 1227 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); 1228 goto filterend; 1229 } 1230 1231 /* 1232 * The writing and reading of temp files will not be shown. 1233 * Vi also doesn't do this and the messages are not very informative. 1234 */ 1235 ++no_wait_return; /* don't call wait_return() while busy */ 1236 if (itmp != NULL && buf_write(curbuf, itmp, NULL, line1, line2, eap, 1237 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1238 { 1239 msg_putchar('\n'); /* keep message from buf_write() */ 1240 --no_wait_return; 1241 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) 1242 if (!aborting()) 1243 #endif 1244 (void)EMSG2(_(e_notcreate), itmp); /* will call wait_return */ 1245 goto filterend; 1246 } 1247 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1248 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) 1249 goto filterend; 1250 #endif 1251 1252 if (!do_out) 1253 msg_putchar('\n'); 1254 1255 /* Create the shell command in allocated memory. */ 1256 cmd_buf = make_filter_cmd(cmd, itmp, otmp); 1257 if (cmd_buf == NULL) 1258 goto filterend; 1259 1260 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); 1261 cursor_on(); 1262 1263 /* 1264 * When not redirecting the output the command can write anything to the 1265 * screen. If 'shellredir' is equal to ">", screen may be messed up by 1266 * stderr output of external command. Clear the screen later. 1267 * If do_in is FALSE, this could be something like ":r !cat", which may 1268 * also mess up the screen, clear it later. 1269 */ 1270 if (!do_out || STRCMP(p_srr, ">") == 0 || !do_in) 1271 redraw_later_clear(); 1272 1273 if (do_out) 1274 { 1275 if (u_save((linenr_T)(line2), (linenr_T)(line2 + 1)) == FAIL) 1276 { 1277 vim_free(cmd_buf); 1278 goto error; 1279 } 1280 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); 1281 } 1282 read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 1283 1284 /* 1285 * When call_shell() fails wait_return() is called to give the user a 1286 * chance to read the error messages. Otherwise errors are ignored, so you 1287 * can see the error messages from the command that appear on stdout; use 1288 * 'u' to fix the text 1289 * Switch to cooked mode when not redirecting stdin, avoids that something 1290 * like ":r !cat" hangs. 1291 * Pass on the SHELL_DOOUT flag when the output is being redirected. 1292 */ 1293 if (call_shell(cmd_buf, SHELL_FILTER | SHELL_COOKED | shell_flags)) 1294 { 1295 redraw_later_clear(); 1296 wait_return(FALSE); 1297 } 1298 vim_free(cmd_buf); 1299 1300 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 1301 need_check_timestamps = TRUE; 1302 1303 /* When interrupting the shell command, it may still have produced some 1304 * useful output. Reset got_int here, so that readfile() won't cancel 1305 * reading. */ 1306 ui_breakcheck(); 1307 got_int = FALSE; 1308 1309 if (do_out) 1310 { 1311 if (otmp != NULL) 1312 { 1313 if (readfile(otmp, NULL, line2, (linenr_T)0, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1314 eap, READ_FILTER) != OK) 1315 { 1316 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) 1317 if (!aborting()) 1318 #endif 1319 { 1320 msg_putchar('\n'); 1321 EMSG2(_(e_notread), otmp); 1322 } 1323 goto error; 1324 } 1325 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1326 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) 1327 goto filterend; 1328 #endif 1329 } 1330 1331 read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - read_linecount; 1332 1333 if (shell_flags & SHELL_READ) 1334 { 1335 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line2 + 1; 1336 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1337 appended_lines_mark(line2, read_linecount); 1338 } 1339 1340 if (do_in) 1341 { 1342 if (cmdmod.keepmarks || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REMMARK) == NULL) 1343 { 1344 if (read_linecount >= linecount) 1345 /* move all marks from old lines to new lines */ 1346 mark_adjust(line1, line2, linecount, 0L); 1347 else 1348 { 1349 /* move marks from old lines to new lines, delete marks 1350 * that are in deleted lines */ 1351 mark_adjust(line1, line1 + read_linecount - 1, 1352 linecount, 0L); 1353 mark_adjust(line1 + read_linecount, line2, MAXLNUM, 0L); 1354 } 1355 } 1356 1357 /* 1358 * Put cursor on first filtered line for ":range!cmd". 1359 * Adjust '[ and '] (set by buf_write()). 1360 */ 1361 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1; 1362 del_lines(linecount, TRUE); 1363 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum -= linecount; /* adjust '[ */ 1364 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum -= linecount; /* adjust '] */ 1365 write_lnum_adjust(-linecount); /* adjust last line 1366 for next write */ 1367 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1368 foldUpdate(curwin, curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, curbuf->b_op_end.lnum); 1369 #endif 1370 } 1371 else 1372 { 1373 /* 1374 * Put cursor on last new line for ":r !cmd". 1375 */ 1376 linecount = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum - curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + 1; 1377 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum; 1378 } 1379 1380 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); /* cursor on first non-blank */ 1381 --no_wait_return; 1382 1383 if (linecount > p_report) 1384 { 1385 if (do_in) 1386 { 1387 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 1388 _("%ld lines filtered"), (long)linecount); 1389 if (msg(msg_buf) && !msg_scroll) 1390 /* save message to display it after redraw */ 1391 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); 1392 } 1393 else 1394 msgmore((long)linecount); 1395 } 1396 } 1397 else 1398 { 1399 error: 1400 /* put cursor back in same position for ":w !cmd" */ 1401 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; 1402 --no_wait_return; 1403 wait_return(FALSE); 1404 } 1405 1406 filterend: 1407 1408 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1409 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) 1410 { 1411 --no_wait_return; 1412 EMSG(_("E135: *Filter* Autocommands must not change current buffer")); 1413 } 1414 #endif 1415 if (itmp != NULL) 1416 mch_remove(itmp); 1417 if (otmp != NULL) 1418 mch_remove(otmp); 1419 vim_free(itmp); 1420 vim_free(otmp); 1421 } 1422 1423 /* 1424 * Call a shell to execute a command. 1425 * When "cmd" is NULL start an interactive shell. 1426 */ 1427 void 1428 do_shell( 1429 char_u *cmd, 1430 int flags) /* may be SHELL_DOOUT when output is redirected */ 1431 { 1432 buf_T *buf; 1433 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1434 int save_nwr; 1435 #endif 1436 #ifdef MSWIN 1437 int winstart = FALSE; 1438 #endif 1439 1440 /* 1441 * Disallow shell commands for "rvim". 1442 * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for 1443 * security reasons. 1444 */ 1445 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 1446 { 1447 msg_end(); 1448 return; 1449 } 1450 1451 #ifdef MSWIN 1452 /* 1453 * Check if ":!start" is used. 1454 */ 1455 if (cmd != NULL) 1456 winstart = (STRNICMP(cmd, "start ", 6) == 0); 1457 #endif 1458 1459 /* 1460 * For autocommands we want to get the output on the current screen, to 1461 * avoid having to type return below. 1462 */ 1463 msg_putchar('\r'); /* put cursor at start of line */ 1464 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1465 if (!autocmd_busy) 1466 #endif 1467 { 1468 #ifdef MSWIN 1469 if (!winstart) 1470 #endif 1471 stoptermcap(); 1472 } 1473 #ifdef MSWIN 1474 if (!winstart) 1475 #endif 1476 msg_putchar('\n'); /* may shift screen one line up */ 1477 1478 /* warning message before calling the shell */ 1479 if (p_warn 1480 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1481 && !autocmd_busy 1482 #endif 1483 && msg_silent == 0) 1484 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 1485 if (bufIsChanged(buf)) 1486 { 1487 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1488 if (!winstart) 1489 starttermcap(); /* don't want a message box here */ 1490 #endif 1491 MSG_PUTS(_("[No write since last change]\n")); 1492 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1493 if (!winstart) 1494 stoptermcap(); 1495 #endif 1496 break; 1497 } 1498 1499 /* This windgoto is required for when the '\n' resulted in a "delete line 1500 * 1" command to the terminal. */ 1501 if (!swapping_screen()) 1502 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); 1503 cursor_on(); 1504 (void)call_shell(cmd, SHELL_COOKED | flags); 1505 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 1506 need_check_timestamps = TRUE; 1507 1508 /* 1509 * put the message cursor at the end of the screen, avoids wait_return() 1510 * to overwrite the text that the external command showed 1511 */ 1512 if (!swapping_screen()) 1513 { 1514 msg_row = Rows - 1; 1515 msg_col = 0; 1516 } 1517 1518 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1519 if (autocmd_busy) 1520 { 1521 if (msg_silent == 0) 1522 redraw_later_clear(); 1523 } 1524 else 1525 #endif 1526 { 1527 /* 1528 * For ":sh" there is no need to call wait_return(), just redraw. 1529 * Also for the Win32 GUI (the output is in a console window). 1530 * Otherwise there is probably text on the screen that the user wants 1531 * to read before redrawing, so call wait_return(). 1532 */ 1533 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1534 if (cmd == NULL 1535 # ifdef WIN3264 1536 || (winstart && !need_wait_return) 1537 # endif 1538 ) 1539 { 1540 if (msg_silent == 0) 1541 redraw_later_clear(); 1542 need_wait_return = FALSE; 1543 } 1544 else 1545 { 1546 /* 1547 * If we switch screens when starttermcap() is called, we really 1548 * want to wait for "hit return to continue". 1549 */ 1550 save_nwr = no_wait_return; 1551 if (swapping_screen()) 1552 no_wait_return = FALSE; 1553 # ifdef AMIGA 1554 wait_return(term_console ? -1 : msg_silent == 0); /* see below */ 1555 # else 1556 wait_return(msg_silent == 0); 1557 # endif 1558 no_wait_return = save_nwr; 1559 } 1560 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ 1561 1562 #ifdef MSWIN 1563 if (!winstart) /* if winstart==TRUE, never stopped termcap! */ 1564 #endif 1565 starttermcap(); /* start termcap if not done by wait_return() */ 1566 1567 /* 1568 * In an Amiga window redrawing is caused by asking the window size. 1569 * If we got an interrupt this will not work. The chance that the 1570 * window size is wrong is very small, but we need to redraw the 1571 * screen. Don't do this if ':' hit in wait_return(). THIS IS UGLY 1572 * but it saves an extra redraw. 1573 */ 1574 #ifdef AMIGA 1575 if (skip_redraw) /* ':' hit in wait_return() */ 1576 { 1577 if (msg_silent == 0) 1578 redraw_later_clear(); 1579 } 1580 else if (term_console) 1581 { 1582 OUT_STR(IF_EB("\033[0 q", ESC_STR "[0 q")); /* get window size */ 1583 if (got_int && msg_silent == 0) 1584 redraw_later_clear(); /* if got_int is TRUE, redraw needed */ 1585 else 1586 must_redraw = 0; /* no extra redraw needed */ 1587 } 1588 #endif 1589 } 1590 1591 /* display any error messages now */ 1592 display_errors(); 1593 1594 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1595 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLCMDPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1596 #endif 1597 } 1598 1599 /* 1600 * Create a shell command from a command string, input redirection file and 1601 * output redirection file. 1602 * Returns an allocated string with the shell command, or NULL for failure. 1603 */ 1604 char_u * 1605 make_filter_cmd( 1606 char_u *cmd, /* command */ 1607 char_u *itmp, /* NULL or name of input file */ 1608 char_u *otmp) /* NULL or name of output file */ 1609 { 1610 char_u *buf; 1611 long_u len; 1612 1613 #if defined(UNIX) 1614 int is_fish_shell; 1615 char_u *shell_name = get_isolated_shell_name(); 1616 1617 /* Account for fish's different syntax for subshells */ 1618 is_fish_shell = (fnamecmp(shell_name, "fish") == 0); 1619 vim_free(shell_name); 1620 if (is_fish_shell) 1621 len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 13; /* "begin; " + "; end" + NUL */ 1622 else 1623 #endif 1624 len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 3; /* "()" + NUL */ 1625 if (itmp != NULL) 1626 len += (long_u)STRLEN(itmp) + 9; /* " { < " + " } " */ 1627 if (otmp != NULL) 1628 len += (long_u)STRLEN(otmp) + (long_u)STRLEN(p_srr) + 2; /* " " */ 1629 buf = lalloc(len, TRUE); 1630 if (buf == NULL) 1631 return NULL; 1632 1633 #if defined(UNIX) 1634 /* 1635 * Put braces around the command (for concatenated commands) when 1636 * redirecting input and/or output. 1637 */ 1638 if (itmp != NULL || otmp != NULL) 1639 { 1640 if (is_fish_shell) 1641 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "begin; %s; end", (char *)cmd); 1642 else 1643 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "(%s)", (char *)cmd); 1644 } 1645 else 1646 STRCPY(buf, cmd); 1647 if (itmp != NULL) 1648 { 1649 STRCAT(buf, " < "); 1650 STRCAT(buf, itmp); 1651 } 1652 #else 1653 /* 1654 * For shells that don't understand braces around commands, at least allow 1655 * the use of commands in a pipe. 1656 */ 1657 STRCPY(buf, cmd); 1658 if (itmp != NULL) 1659 { 1660 char_u *p; 1661 1662 /* 1663 * If there is a pipe, we have to put the '<' in front of it. 1664 * Don't do this when 'shellquote' is not empty, otherwise the 1665 * redirection would be inside the quotes. 1666 */ 1667 if (*p_shq == NUL) 1668 { 1669 p = vim_strchr(buf, '|'); 1670 if (p != NULL) 1671 *p = NUL; 1672 } 1673 STRCAT(buf, " <"); /* " < " causes problems on Amiga */ 1674 STRCAT(buf, itmp); 1675 if (*p_shq == NUL) 1676 { 1677 p = vim_strchr(cmd, '|'); 1678 if (p != NULL) 1679 { 1680 STRCAT(buf, " "); /* insert a space before the '|' for DOS */ 1681 STRCAT(buf, p); 1682 } 1683 } 1684 } 1685 #endif 1686 if (otmp != NULL) 1687 append_redir(buf, (int)len, p_srr, otmp); 1688 1689 return buf; 1690 } 1691 1692 /* 1693 * Append output redirection for file "fname" to the end of string buffer 1694 * "buf[buflen]" 1695 * Works with the 'shellredir' and 'shellpipe' options. 1696 * The caller should make sure that there is enough room: 1697 * STRLEN(opt) + STRLEN(fname) + 3 1698 */ 1699 void 1700 append_redir( 1701 char_u *buf, 1702 int buflen, 1703 char_u *opt, 1704 char_u *fname) 1705 { 1706 char_u *p; 1707 char_u *end; 1708 1709 end = buf + STRLEN(buf); 1710 /* find "%s" */ 1711 for (p = opt; (p = vim_strchr(p, '%')) != NULL; ++p) 1712 { 1713 if (p[1] == 's') /* found %s */ 1714 break; 1715 if (p[1] == '%') /* skip %% */ 1716 ++p; 1717 } 1718 if (p != NULL) 1719 { 1720 *end = ' '; /* not really needed? Not with sh, ksh or bash */ 1721 vim_snprintf((char *)end + 1, (size_t)(buflen - (end + 1 - buf)), 1722 (char *)opt, (char *)fname); 1723 } 1724 else 1725 vim_snprintf((char *)end, (size_t)(buflen - (end - buf)), 1726 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 1727 " %s %s", 1728 #else 1729 " %s%s", /* " > %s" causes problems on Amiga */ 1730 #endif 1731 (char *)opt, (char *)fname); 1732 } 1733 1734 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 1735 1736 static int no_viminfo(void); 1737 static int read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing); 1738 static void write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out); 1739 static void write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out); 1740 static int viminfo_errcnt; 1741 1742 static int 1743 no_viminfo(void) 1744 { 1745 /* "vim -i NONE" does not read or write a viminfo file */ 1746 return STRCMP(p_viminfofile, "NONE") == 0; 1747 } 1748 1749 /* 1750 * Report an error for reading a viminfo file. 1751 * Count the number of errors. When there are more than 10, return TRUE. 1752 */ 1753 int 1754 viminfo_error(char *errnum, char *message, char_u *line) 1755 { 1756 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("%sviminfo: %s in line: "), 1757 errnum, message); 1758 STRNCAT(IObuff, line, IOSIZE - STRLEN(IObuff) - 1); 1759 if (IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] == '\n') 1760 IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] = NUL; 1761 emsg(IObuff); 1762 if (++viminfo_errcnt >= 10) 1763 { 1764 EMSG(_("E136: viminfo: Too many errors, skipping rest of file")); 1765 return TRUE; 1766 } 1767 return FALSE; 1768 } 1769 1770 /* 1771 * read_viminfo() -- Read the viminfo file. Registers etc. which are already 1772 * set are not over-written unless "flags" includes VIF_FORCEIT. -- webb 1773 */ 1774 int 1775 read_viminfo( 1776 char_u *file, /* file name or NULL to use default name */ 1777 int flags) /* VIF_WANT_INFO et al. */ 1778 { 1779 FILE *fp; 1780 char_u *fname; 1781 1782 if (no_viminfo()) 1783 return FAIL; 1784 1785 fname = viminfo_filename(file); /* get file name in allocated buffer */ 1786 if (fname == NULL) 1787 return FAIL; 1788 fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN); 1789 1790 if (p_verbose > 0) 1791 { 1792 verbose_enter(); 1793 smsg((char_u *)_("Reading viminfo file \"%s\"%s%s%s"), 1794 fname, 1795 (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) ? _(" info") : "", 1796 (flags & VIF_WANT_MARKS) ? _(" marks") : "", 1797 (flags & VIF_GET_OLDFILES) ? _(" oldfiles") : "", 1798 fp == NULL ? _(" FAILED") : ""); 1799 verbose_leave(); 1800 } 1801 1802 vim_free(fname); 1803 if (fp == NULL) 1804 return FAIL; 1805 1806 viminfo_errcnt = 0; 1807 do_viminfo(fp, NULL, flags); 1808 1809 fclose(fp); 1810 return OK; 1811 } 1812 1813 /* 1814 * Write the viminfo file. The old one is read in first so that effectively a 1815 * merge of current info and old info is done. This allows multiple vims to 1816 * run simultaneously, without losing any marks etc. 1817 * If "forceit" is TRUE, then the old file is not read in, and only internal 1818 * info is written to the file. 1819 */ 1820 void 1821 write_viminfo(char_u *file, int forceit) 1822 { 1823 char_u *fname; 1824 FILE *fp_in = NULL; /* input viminfo file, if any */ 1825 FILE *fp_out = NULL; /* output viminfo file */ 1826 char_u *tempname = NULL; /* name of temp viminfo file */ 1827 stat_T st_new; /* mch_stat() of potential new file */ 1828 char_u *wp; 1829 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) 1830 mode_t umask_save; 1831 #endif 1832 #ifdef UNIX 1833 int shortname = FALSE; /* use 8.3 file name */ 1834 stat_T st_old; /* mch_stat() of existing viminfo file */ 1835 #endif 1836 #ifdef WIN3264 1837 int hidden = FALSE; 1838 #endif 1839 1840 if (no_viminfo()) 1841 return; 1842 1843 fname = viminfo_filename(file); /* may set to default if NULL */ 1844 if (fname == NULL) 1845 return; 1846 1847 fp_in = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN); 1848 if (fp_in == NULL) 1849 { 1850 /* if it does exist, but we can't read it, don't try writing */ 1851 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_new) == 0) 1852 goto end; 1853 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) 1854 /* 1855 * For Unix we create the .viminfo non-accessible for others, 1856 * because it may contain text from non-accessible documents. 1857 */ 1858 umask_save = umask(077); 1859 #endif 1860 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)fname, WRITEBIN); 1861 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) 1862 (void)umask(umask_save); 1863 #endif 1864 } 1865 else 1866 { 1867 /* 1868 * There is an existing viminfo file. Create a temporary file to 1869 * write the new viminfo into, in the same directory as the 1870 * existing viminfo file, which will be renamed later. 1871 */ 1872 #ifdef UNIX 1873 /* 1874 * For Unix we check the owner of the file. It's not very nice to 1875 * overwrite a user's viminfo file after a "su root", with a 1876 * viminfo file that the user can't read. 1877 */ 1878 st_old.st_dev = (dev_t)0; 1879 st_old.st_ino = 0; 1880 st_old.st_mode = 0600; 1881 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_old) == 0 1882 && getuid() != ROOT_UID 1883 && !(st_old.st_uid == getuid() 1884 ? (st_old.st_mode & 0200) 1885 : (st_old.st_gid == getgid() 1886 ? (st_old.st_mode & 0020) 1887 : (st_old.st_mode & 0002)))) 1888 { 1889 int tt = msg_didany; 1890 1891 /* avoid a wait_return for this message, it's annoying */ 1892 EMSG2(_("E137: Viminfo file is not writable: %s"), fname); 1893 msg_didany = tt; 1894 fclose(fp_in); 1895 goto end; 1896 } 1897 #endif 1898 #ifdef WIN3264 1899 /* Get the file attributes of the existing viminfo file. */ 1900 hidden = mch_ishidden(fname); 1901 #endif 1902 1903 /* 1904 * Make tempname. 1905 * May try twice: Once normal and once with shortname set, just in 1906 * case somebody puts his viminfo file in an 8.3 filesystem. 1907 */ 1908 for (;;) 1909 { 1910 tempname = buf_modname( 1911 #ifdef UNIX 1912 shortname, 1913 #else 1914 FALSE, 1915 #endif 1916 fname, 1917 #ifdef VMS 1918 (char_u *)"-tmp", 1919 #else 1920 (char_u *)".tmp", 1921 #endif 1922 FALSE); 1923 if (tempname == NULL) /* out of memory */ 1924 break; 1925 1926 /* 1927 * Check if tempfile already exists. Never overwrite an 1928 * existing file! 1929 */ 1930 if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0) 1931 { 1932 #ifdef UNIX 1933 /* 1934 * Check if tempfile is same as original file. May happen 1935 * when modname() gave the same file back. E.g. silly 1936 * link, or file name-length reached. Try again with 1937 * shortname set. 1938 */ 1939 if (!shortname && st_new.st_dev == st_old.st_dev 1940 && st_new.st_ino == st_old.st_ino) 1941 { 1942 vim_free(tempname); 1943 tempname = NULL; 1944 shortname = TRUE; 1945 continue; 1946 } 1947 #endif 1948 /* 1949 * Try another name. Change one character, just before 1950 * the extension. This should also work for an 8.3 1951 * file name, when after adding the extension it still is 1952 * the same file as the original. 1953 */ 1954 wp = tempname + STRLEN(tempname) - 5; 1955 if (wp < gettail(tempname)) /* empty file name? */ 1956 wp = gettail(tempname); 1957 for (*wp = 'z'; mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0; 1958 --*wp) 1959 { 1960 /* 1961 * They all exist? Must be something wrong! Don't 1962 * write the viminfo file then. 1963 */ 1964 if (*wp == 'a') 1965 { 1966 EMSG2(_("E929: Too many viminfo temp files, like %s!"), 1967 tempname); 1968 vim_free(tempname); 1969 tempname = NULL; 1970 break; 1971 } 1972 } 1973 } 1974 break; 1975 } 1976 1977 if (tempname != NULL) 1978 { 1979 #ifdef VMS 1980 /* fdopen() fails for some reason */ 1981 umask_save = umask(077); 1982 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN); 1983 (void)umask(umask_save); 1984 #else 1985 int fd; 1986 1987 /* Use mch_open() to be able to use O_NOFOLLOW and set file 1988 * protection: 1989 * Unix: same as original file, but strip s-bit. Reset umask to 1990 * avoid it getting in the way. 1991 * Others: r&w for user only. */ 1992 # ifdef UNIX 1993 umask_save = umask(0); 1994 fd = mch_open((char *)tempname, 1995 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 1996 (int)((st_old.st_mode & 0777) | 0600)); 1997 (void)umask(umask_save); 1998 # else 1999 fd = mch_open((char *)tempname, 2000 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600); 2001 # endif 2002 if (fd < 0) 2003 fp_out = NULL; 2004 else 2005 fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN); 2006 #endif /* VMS */ 2007 2008 /* 2009 * If we can't create in the same directory, try creating a 2010 * "normal" temp file. 2011 */ 2012 if (fp_out == NULL) 2013 { 2014 vim_free(tempname); 2015 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o', TRUE)) != NULL) 2016 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN); 2017 } 2018 2019 #if defined(UNIX) && defined(HAVE_FCHOWN) 2020 /* 2021 * Make sure the owner can read/write it. This only works for 2022 * root. 2023 */ 2024 if (fp_out != NULL) 2025 ignored = fchown(fileno(fp_out), st_old.st_uid, st_old.st_gid); 2026 #endif 2027 } 2028 } 2029 2030 /* 2031 * Check if the new viminfo file can be written to. 2032 */ 2033 if (fp_out == NULL) 2034 { 2035 EMSG2(_("E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!"), 2036 (fp_in == NULL || tempname == NULL) ? fname : tempname); 2037 if (fp_in != NULL) 2038 fclose(fp_in); 2039 goto end; 2040 } 2041 2042 if (p_verbose > 0) 2043 { 2044 verbose_enter(); 2045 smsg((char_u *)_("Writing viminfo file \"%s\""), fname); 2046 verbose_leave(); 2047 } 2048 2049 viminfo_errcnt = 0; 2050 do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, forceit ? 0 : (VIF_WANT_INFO | VIF_WANT_MARKS)); 2051 2052 if (fclose(fp_out) == EOF) 2053 ++viminfo_errcnt; 2054 2055 if (fp_in != NULL) 2056 { 2057 fclose(fp_in); 2058 2059 /* In case of an error keep the original viminfo file. Otherwise 2060 * rename the newly written file. Give an error if that fails. */ 2061 if (viminfo_errcnt == 0) 2062 { 2063 if (vim_rename(tempname, fname) == -1) 2064 { 2065 ++viminfo_errcnt; 2066 EMSG2(_("E886: Can't rename viminfo file to %s!"), fname); 2067 } 2068 # ifdef WIN3264 2069 /* If the viminfo file was hidden then also hide the new file. */ 2070 else if (hidden) 2071 mch_hide(fname); 2072 # endif 2073 } 2074 if (viminfo_errcnt > 0) 2075 mch_remove(tempname); 2076 } 2077 2078 end: 2079 vim_free(fname); 2080 vim_free(tempname); 2081 } 2082 2083 /* 2084 * Get the viminfo file name to use. 2085 * If "file" is given and not empty, use it (has already been expanded by 2086 * cmdline functions). 2087 * Otherwise use "-i file_name", value from 'viminfo' or the default, and 2088 * expand environment variables. 2089 * Returns an allocated string. NULL when out of memory. 2090 */ 2091 static char_u * 2092 viminfo_filename(char_u *file) 2093 { 2094 if (file == NULL || *file == NUL) 2095 { 2096 if (*p_viminfofile != NUL) 2097 file = p_viminfofile; 2098 else if ((file = find_viminfo_parameter('n')) == NULL || *file == NUL) 2099 { 2100 #ifdef VIMINFO_FILE2 2101 # ifdef VMS 2102 if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN") == NULL) 2103 # else 2104 # ifdef MSWIN 2105 /* Use $VIM only if $HOME is the default "C:/". */ 2106 if (STRCMP(vim_getenv((char_u *)"HOME", NULL), "C:/") == 0 2107 && mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL) 2108 # else 2109 if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL) 2110 # endif 2111 # endif 2112 { 2113 /* don't use $VIM when not available. */ 2114 expand_env((char_u *)"$VIM", NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 2115 if (STRCMP("$VIM", NameBuff) != 0) /* $VIM was expanded */ 2116 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE2; 2117 else 2118 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE; 2119 } 2120 else 2121 #endif 2122 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE; 2123 } 2124 expand_env(file, NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 2125 file = NameBuff; 2126 } 2127 return vim_strsave(file); 2128 } 2129 2130 /* 2131 * do_viminfo() -- Should only be called from read_viminfo() & write_viminfo(). 2132 */ 2133 static void 2134 do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags) 2135 { 2136 int eof = FALSE; 2137 vir_T vir; 2138 int merge = FALSE; 2139 int do_copy_marks = FALSE; 2140 garray_T buflist; 2141 2142 if ((vir.vir_line = alloc(LSIZE)) == NULL) 2143 return; 2144 vir.vir_fd = fp_in; 2145 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2146 vir.vir_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; 2147 #endif 2148 ga_init2(&vir.vir_barlines, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100); 2149 vir.vir_version = -1; 2150 2151 if (fp_in != NULL) 2152 { 2153 if (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) 2154 { 2155 if (fp_out != NULL) 2156 { 2157 /* Registers and marks are read and kept separate from what 2158 * this Vim is using. They are merged when writing. */ 2159 prepare_viminfo_registers(); 2160 prepare_viminfo_marks(); 2161 } 2162 2163 eof = read_viminfo_up_to_marks(&vir, 2164 flags & VIF_FORCEIT, fp_out != NULL); 2165 merge = TRUE; 2166 } 2167 else if (flags != 0) 2168 /* Skip info, find start of marks */ 2169 while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(&vir)) 2170 && vir.vir_line[0] != '>') 2171 ; 2172 2173 do_copy_marks = (flags & 2174 (VIF_WANT_MARKS | VIF_GET_OLDFILES | VIF_FORCEIT)); 2175 } 2176 2177 if (fp_out != NULL) 2178 { 2179 /* Write the info: */ 2180 fprintf(fp_out, _("# This viminfo file was generated by Vim %s.\n"), 2181 VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM); 2182 fputs(_("# You may edit it if you're careful!\n\n"), fp_out); 2183 write_viminfo_version(fp_out); 2184 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2185 fputs(_("# Value of 'encoding' when this file was written\n"), fp_out); 2186 fprintf(fp_out, "*encoding=%s\n\n", p_enc); 2187 #endif 2188 write_viminfo_search_pattern(fp_out); 2189 write_viminfo_sub_string(fp_out); 2190 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2191 write_viminfo_history(fp_out, merge); 2192 #endif 2193 write_viminfo_registers(fp_out); 2194 finish_viminfo_registers(); 2195 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2196 write_viminfo_varlist(fp_out); 2197 #endif 2198 write_viminfo_filemarks(fp_out); 2199 finish_viminfo_marks(); 2200 write_viminfo_bufferlist(fp_out); 2201 write_viminfo_barlines(&vir, fp_out); 2202 2203 if (do_copy_marks) 2204 ga_init2(&buflist, sizeof(buf_T *), 50); 2205 write_viminfo_marks(fp_out, do_copy_marks ? &buflist : NULL); 2206 } 2207 2208 if (do_copy_marks) 2209 { 2210 copy_viminfo_marks(&vir, fp_out, &buflist, eof, flags); 2211 if (fp_out != NULL) 2212 ga_clear(&buflist); 2213 } 2214 2215 vim_free(vir.vir_line); 2216 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2217 if (vir.vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) 2218 convert_setup(&vir.vir_conv, NULL, NULL); 2219 #endif 2220 ga_clear_strings(&vir.vir_barlines); 2221 } 2222 2223 /* 2224 * read_viminfo_up_to_marks() -- Only called from do_viminfo(). Reads in the 2225 * first part of the viminfo file which contains everything but the marks that 2226 * are local to a file. Returns TRUE when end-of-file is reached. -- webb 2227 */ 2228 static int 2229 read_viminfo_up_to_marks( 2230 vir_T *virp, 2231 int forceit, 2232 int writing) 2233 { 2234 int eof; 2235 buf_T *buf; 2236 int got_encoding = FALSE; 2237 2238 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2239 prepare_viminfo_history(forceit ? 9999 : 0, writing); 2240 #endif 2241 2242 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2243 while (!eof && virp->vir_line[0] != '>') 2244 { 2245 switch (virp->vir_line[0]) 2246 { 2247 /* Characters reserved for future expansion, ignored now */ 2248 case '+': /* "+40 /path/dir file", for running vim without args */ 2249 case '^': /* to be defined */ 2250 case '<': /* long line - ignored */ 2251 /* A comment or empty line. */ 2252 case NUL: 2253 case '\r': 2254 case '\n': 2255 case '#': 2256 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2257 break; 2258 case '|': 2259 eof = read_viminfo_barline(virp, got_encoding, 2260 forceit, writing); 2261 break; 2262 case '*': /* "*encoding=value" */ 2263 got_encoding = TRUE; 2264 eof = viminfo_encoding(virp); 2265 break; 2266 case '!': /* global variable */ 2267 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2268 eof = read_viminfo_varlist(virp, writing); 2269 #else 2270 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2271 #endif 2272 break; 2273 case '%': /* entry for buffer list */ 2274 eof = read_viminfo_bufferlist(virp, writing); 2275 break; 2276 case '"': 2277 /* When registers are in bar lines skip the old style register 2278 * lines. */ 2279 if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_REGISTERS) 2280 eof = read_viminfo_register(virp, forceit); 2281 else 2282 do { 2283 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2284 } while (!eof && (virp->vir_line[0] == TAB 2285 || virp->vir_line[0] == '<')); 2286 break; 2287 case '/': /* Search string */ 2288 case '&': /* Substitute search string */ 2289 case '~': /* Last search string, followed by '/' or '&' */ 2290 eof = read_viminfo_search_pattern(virp, forceit); 2291 break; 2292 case '$': 2293 eof = read_viminfo_sub_string(virp, forceit); 2294 break; 2295 case ':': 2296 case '?': 2297 case '=': 2298 case '@': 2299 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2300 /* When history is in bar lines skip the old style history 2301 * lines. */ 2302 if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_HISTORY) 2303 eof = read_viminfo_history(virp, writing); 2304 else 2305 #endif 2306 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2307 break; 2308 case '-': 2309 case '\'': 2310 /* When file marks are in bar lines skip the old style lines. */ 2311 if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_MARKS) 2312 eof = read_viminfo_filemark(virp, forceit); 2313 else 2314 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2315 break; 2316 default: 2317 if (viminfo_error("E575: ", _("Illegal starting char"), 2318 virp->vir_line)) 2319 eof = TRUE; 2320 else 2321 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2322 break; 2323 } 2324 } 2325 2326 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2327 /* Finish reading history items. */ 2328 if (!writing) 2329 finish_viminfo_history(virp); 2330 #endif 2331 2332 /* Change file names to buffer numbers for fmarks. */ 2333 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 2334 fmarks_check_names(buf); 2335 2336 return eof; 2337 } 2338 2339 /* 2340 * Compare the 'encoding' value in the viminfo file with the current value of 2341 * 'encoding'. If different and the 'c' flag is in 'viminfo', setup for 2342 * conversion of text with iconv() in viminfo_readstring(). 2343 */ 2344 static int 2345 viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp) 2346 { 2347 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2348 char_u *p; 2349 int i; 2350 2351 if (get_viminfo_parameter('c') != 0) 2352 { 2353 p = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line, '='); 2354 if (p != NULL) 2355 { 2356 /* remove trailing newline */ 2357 ++p; 2358 for (i = 0; vim_isprintc(p[i]); ++i) 2359 ; 2360 p[i] = NUL; 2361 2362 convert_setup(&virp->vir_conv, p, p_enc); 2363 } 2364 } 2365 #endif 2366 return viminfo_readline(virp); 2367 } 2368 2369 /* 2370 * Read a line from the viminfo file. 2371 * Returns TRUE for end-of-file; 2372 */ 2373 int 2374 viminfo_readline(vir_T *virp) 2375 { 2376 return vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, LSIZE, virp->vir_fd); 2377 } 2378 2379 /* 2380 * Check string read from viminfo file. 2381 * Remove '\n' at the end of the line. 2382 * - replace CTRL-V CTRL-V with CTRL-V 2383 * - replace CTRL-V 'n' with '\n' 2384 * 2385 * Check for a long line as written by viminfo_writestring(). 2386 * 2387 * Return the string in allocated memory (NULL when out of memory). 2388 */ 2389 char_u * 2390 viminfo_readstring( 2391 vir_T *virp, 2392 int off, /* offset for virp->vir_line */ 2393 int convert UNUSED) /* convert the string */ 2394 { 2395 char_u *retval; 2396 char_u *s, *d; 2397 long len; 2398 2399 if (virp->vir_line[off] == Ctrl_V && vim_isdigit(virp->vir_line[off + 1])) 2400 { 2401 len = atol((char *)virp->vir_line + off + 1); 2402 retval = lalloc(len, TRUE); 2403 if (retval == NULL) 2404 { 2405 /* Line too long? File messed up? Skip next line. */ 2406 (void)vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, 10, virp->vir_fd); 2407 return NULL; 2408 } 2409 (void)vim_fgets(retval, (int)len, virp->vir_fd); 2410 s = retval + 1; /* Skip the leading '<' */ 2411 } 2412 else 2413 { 2414 retval = vim_strsave(virp->vir_line + off); 2415 if (retval == NULL) 2416 return NULL; 2417 s = retval; 2418 } 2419 2420 /* Change CTRL-V CTRL-V to CTRL-V and CTRL-V n to \n in-place. */ 2421 d = retval; 2422 while (*s != NUL && *s != '\n') 2423 { 2424 if (s[0] == Ctrl_V && s[1] != NUL) 2425 { 2426 if (s[1] == 'n') 2427 *d++ = '\n'; 2428 else 2429 *d++ = Ctrl_V; 2430 s += 2; 2431 } 2432 else 2433 *d++ = *s++; 2434 } 2435 *d = NUL; 2436 2437 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2438 if (convert && virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *retval != NUL) 2439 { 2440 d = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, retval, NULL); 2441 if (d != NULL) 2442 { 2443 vim_free(retval); 2444 retval = d; 2445 } 2446 } 2447 #endif 2448 2449 return retval; 2450 } 2451 2452 /* 2453 * write string to viminfo file 2454 * - replace CTRL-V with CTRL-V CTRL-V 2455 * - replace '\n' with CTRL-V 'n' 2456 * - add a '\n' at the end 2457 * 2458 * For a long line: 2459 * - write " CTRL-V <length> \n " in first line 2460 * - write " < <string> \n " in second line 2461 */ 2462 void 2463 viminfo_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *p) 2464 { 2465 int c; 2466 char_u *s; 2467 int len = 0; 2468 2469 for (s = p; *s != NUL; ++s) 2470 { 2471 if (*s == Ctrl_V || *s == '\n') 2472 ++len; 2473 ++len; 2474 } 2475 2476 /* If the string will be too long, write its length and put it in the next 2477 * line. Take into account that some room is needed for what comes before 2478 * the string (e.g., variable name). Add something to the length for the 2479 * '<', NL and trailing NUL. */ 2480 if (len > LSIZE / 2) 2481 fprintf(fd, IF_EB("\026%d\n<", CTRL_V_STR "%d\n<"), len + 3); 2482 2483 while ((c = *p++) != NUL) 2484 { 2485 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == '\n') 2486 { 2487 putc(Ctrl_V, fd); 2488 if (c == '\n') 2489 c = 'n'; 2490 } 2491 putc(c, fd); 2492 } 2493 putc('\n', fd); 2494 } 2495 2496 /* 2497 * Write a string in quotes that barline_parse() can read back. 2498 * Breaks the line in less than LSIZE pieces when needed. 2499 * Returns remaining characters in the line. 2500 */ 2501 int 2502 barline_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *s, int remaining_start) 2503 { 2504 char_u *p; 2505 int remaining = remaining_start; 2506 int len = 2; 2507 2508 /* Count the number of characters produced, including quotes. */ 2509 for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p) 2510 { 2511 if (*p == NL) 2512 len += 2; 2513 else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\') 2514 len += 2; 2515 else 2516 ++len; 2517 } 2518 if (len > remaining - 2) 2519 { 2520 fprintf(fd, ">%d\n|<", len); 2521 remaining = LSIZE - 20; 2522 } 2523 2524 putc('"', fd); 2525 for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p) 2526 { 2527 if (*p == NL) 2528 { 2529 putc('\\', fd); 2530 putc('n', fd); 2531 --remaining; 2532 } 2533 else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\') 2534 { 2535 putc('\\', fd); 2536 putc(*p, fd); 2537 --remaining; 2538 } 2539 else 2540 putc(*p, fd); 2541 --remaining; 2542 2543 if (remaining < 3) 2544 { 2545 putc('\n', fd); 2546 putc('|', fd); 2547 putc('<', fd); 2548 /* Leave enough space for another continuation. */ 2549 remaining = LSIZE - 20; 2550 } 2551 } 2552 putc('"', fd); 2553 return remaining - 2; 2554 } 2555 2556 /* 2557 * Parse a viminfo line starting with '|'. 2558 * Add each decoded value to "values". 2559 * Returns TRUE if the next line is to be read after using the parsed values. 2560 */ 2561 static int 2562 barline_parse(vir_T *virp, char_u *text, garray_T *values) 2563 { 2564 char_u *p = text; 2565 char_u *nextp = NULL; 2566 char_u *buf = NULL; 2567 bval_T *value; 2568 int i; 2569 int allocated = FALSE; 2570 int eof; 2571 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2572 char_u *sconv; 2573 int converted; 2574 #endif 2575 2576 while (*p == ',') 2577 { 2578 ++p; 2579 if (ga_grow(values, 1) == FAIL) 2580 break; 2581 value = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + values->ga_len; 2582 2583 if (*p == '>') 2584 { 2585 /* Need to read a continuation line. Put strings in allocated 2586 * memory, because virp->vir_line is overwritten. */ 2587 if (!allocated) 2588 { 2589 for (i = 0; i < values->ga_len; ++i) 2590 { 2591 bval_T *vp = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + i; 2592 2593 if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && !vp->bv_allocated) 2594 { 2595 vp->bv_string = vim_strnsave(vp->bv_string, vp->bv_len); 2596 vp->bv_allocated = TRUE; 2597 } 2598 } 2599 allocated = TRUE; 2600 } 2601 2602 if (vim_isdigit(p[1])) 2603 { 2604 size_t len; 2605 size_t todo; 2606 size_t n; 2607 2608 /* String value was split into lines that are each shorter 2609 * than LSIZE: 2610 * |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"} 2611 * |<"{text1} 2612 * |<{text2}",{value} 2613 * Length includes the quotes. 2614 */ 2615 ++p; 2616 len = getdigits(&p); 2617 buf = alloc((int)(len + 1)); 2618 if (buf == NULL) 2619 return TRUE; 2620 p = buf; 2621 for (todo = len; todo > 0; todo -= n) 2622 { 2623 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2624 if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|' 2625 || virp->vir_line[1] != '<') 2626 { 2627 /* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if 2628 * this one starts with '|'. */ 2629 vim_free(buf); 2630 return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|'; 2631 } 2632 /* Get length of text, excluding |< and NL chars. */ 2633 n = STRLEN(virp->vir_line); 2634 while (n > 0 && (virp->vir_line[n - 1] == NL 2635 || virp->vir_line[n - 1] == CAR)) 2636 --n; 2637 n -= 2; 2638 if (n > todo) 2639 { 2640 /* more values follow after the string */ 2641 nextp = virp->vir_line + 2 + todo; 2642 n = todo; 2643 } 2644 mch_memmove(p, virp->vir_line + 2, n); 2645 p += n; 2646 } 2647 *p = NUL; 2648 p = buf; 2649 } 2650 else 2651 { 2652 /* Line ending in ">" continues in the next line: 2653 * |{bartype},{lots of values},> 2654 * |<{value},{value} 2655 */ 2656 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2657 if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|' 2658 || virp->vir_line[1] != '<') 2659 /* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if 2660 * this one starts with '|'. */ 2661 return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|'; 2662 p = virp->vir_line + 2; 2663 } 2664 } 2665 2666 if (isdigit(*p)) 2667 { 2668 value->bv_type = BVAL_NR; 2669 value->bv_nr = getdigits(&p); 2670 ++values->ga_len; 2671 } 2672 else if (*p == '"') 2673 { 2674 int len = 0; 2675 char_u *s = p; 2676 2677 /* Unescape special characters in-place. */ 2678 ++p; 2679 while (*p != '"') 2680 { 2681 if (*p == NL || *p == NUL) 2682 return TRUE; /* syntax error, drop the value */ 2683 if (*p == '\\') 2684 { 2685 ++p; 2686 if (*p == 'n') 2687 s[len++] = '\n'; 2688 else 2689 s[len++] = *p; 2690 ++p; 2691 } 2692 else 2693 s[len++] = *p++; 2694 } 2695 ++p; 2696 s[len] = NUL; 2697 2698 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2699 converted = FALSE; 2700 if (virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *s != NUL) 2701 { 2702 sconv = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, s, NULL); 2703 if (sconv != NULL) 2704 { 2705 if (s == buf) 2706 vim_free(s); 2707 s = sconv; 2708 buf = s; 2709 converted = TRUE; 2710 } 2711 } 2712 #endif 2713 /* Need to copy in allocated memory if the string wasn't allocated 2714 * above and we did allocate before, thus vir_line may change. */ 2715 if (s != buf && allocated) 2716 s = vim_strsave(s); 2717 value->bv_string = s; 2718 value->bv_type = BVAL_STRING; 2719 value->bv_len = len; 2720 value->bv_allocated = allocated 2721 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2722 || converted 2723 #endif 2724 ; 2725 ++values->ga_len; 2726 if (nextp != NULL) 2727 { 2728 /* values following a long string */ 2729 p = nextp; 2730 nextp = NULL; 2731 } 2732 } 2733 else if (*p == ',') 2734 { 2735 value->bv_type = BVAL_EMPTY; 2736 ++values->ga_len; 2737 } 2738 else 2739 break; 2740 } 2741 return TRUE; 2742 } 2743 2744 static int 2745 read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing) 2746 { 2747 char_u *p = virp->vir_line + 1; 2748 int bartype; 2749 garray_T values; 2750 bval_T *vp; 2751 int i; 2752 int read_next = TRUE; 2753 2754 /* The format is: |{bartype},{value},... 2755 * For a very long string: 2756 * |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"} 2757 * |<{text1} 2758 * |<{text2},{value} 2759 * For a long line not using a string 2760 * |{bartype},{lots of values},> 2761 * |<{value},{value} 2762 */ 2763 if (*p == '<') 2764 { 2765 /* Continuation line of an unrecognized item. */ 2766 if (writing) 2767 ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line); 2768 } 2769 else 2770 { 2771 ga_init2(&values, sizeof(bval_T), 20); 2772 bartype = getdigits(&p); 2773 switch (bartype) 2774 { 2775 case BARTYPE_VERSION: 2776 /* Only use the version when it comes before the encoding. 2777 * If it comes later it was copied by a Vim version that 2778 * doesn't understand the version. */ 2779 if (!got_encoding) 2780 { 2781 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2782 vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data; 2783 if (values.ga_len > 0 && vp->bv_type == BVAL_NR) 2784 virp->vir_version = vp->bv_nr; 2785 } 2786 break; 2787 2788 case BARTYPE_HISTORY: 2789 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2790 handle_viminfo_history(&values, writing); 2791 break; 2792 2793 case BARTYPE_REGISTER: 2794 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2795 handle_viminfo_register(&values, force); 2796 break; 2797 2798 case BARTYPE_MARK: 2799 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2800 handle_viminfo_mark(&values, force); 2801 break; 2802 2803 default: 2804 /* copy unrecognized line (for future use) */ 2805 if (writing) 2806 ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line); 2807 } 2808 for (i = 0; i < values.ga_len; ++i) 2809 { 2810 vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data + i; 2811 if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && vp->bv_allocated) 2812 vim_free(vp->bv_string); 2813 } 2814 ga_clear(&values); 2815 } 2816 2817 if (read_next) 2818 return viminfo_readline(virp); 2819 return FALSE; 2820 } 2821 2822 static void 2823 write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out) 2824 { 2825 fprintf(fp_out, "# Viminfo version\n|%d,%d\n\n", 2826 BARTYPE_VERSION, VIMINFO_VERSION); 2827 } 2828 2829 static void 2830 write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out) 2831 { 2832 int i; 2833 garray_T *gap = &virp->vir_barlines; 2834 int seen_useful = FALSE; 2835 char *line; 2836 2837 if (gap->ga_len > 0) 2838 { 2839 fputs(_("\n# Bar lines, copied verbatim:\n"), fp_out); 2840 2841 /* Skip over continuation lines until seeing a useful line. */ 2842 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) 2843 { 2844 line = ((char **)(gap->ga_data))[i]; 2845 if (seen_useful || line[1] != '<') 2846 { 2847 fputs(line, fp_out); 2848 seen_useful = TRUE; 2849 } 2850 } 2851 } 2852 } 2853 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ 2854 2855 /* 2856 * Return the current time in seconds. Calls time(), unless test_settime() 2857 * was used. 2858 */ 2859 time_T 2860 vim_time(void) 2861 { 2862 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2863 return time_for_testing == 0 ? time(NULL) : time_for_testing; 2864 # else 2865 return time(NULL); 2866 # endif 2867 } 2868 2869 /* 2870 * Implementation of ":fixdel", also used by get_stty(). 2871 * <BS> resulting <Del> 2872 * ^? ^H 2873 * not ^? ^? 2874 */ 2875 void 2876 do_fixdel(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 2877 { 2878 char_u *p; 2879 2880 p = find_termcode((char_u *)"kb"); 2881 add_termcode((char_u *)"kD", p != NULL 2882 && *p == DEL ? (char_u *)CTRL_H_STR : DEL_STR, FALSE); 2883 } 2884 2885 void 2886 print_line_no_prefix( 2887 linenr_T lnum, 2888 int use_number, 2889 int list) 2890 { 2891 char_u numbuf[30]; 2892 2893 if (curwin->w_p_nu || use_number) 2894 { 2895 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, sizeof(numbuf), 2896 "%*ld ", number_width(curwin), (long)lnum); 2897 msg_puts_attr(numbuf, HL_ATTR(HLF_N)); /* Highlight line nrs */ 2898 } 2899 msg_prt_line(ml_get(lnum), list); 2900 } 2901 2902 /* 2903 * Print a text line. Also in silent mode ("ex -s"). 2904 */ 2905 void 2906 print_line(linenr_T lnum, int use_number, int list) 2907 { 2908 int save_silent = silent_mode; 2909 2910 /* apply :filter /pat/ */ 2911 if (message_filtered(ml_get(lnum))) 2912 return; 2913 2914 msg_start(); 2915 silent_mode = FALSE; 2916 info_message = TRUE; /* use mch_msg(), not mch_errmsg() */ 2917 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, use_number, list); 2918 if (save_silent) 2919 { 2920 msg_putchar('\n'); 2921 cursor_on(); /* msg_start() switches it off */ 2922 out_flush(); 2923 silent_mode = save_silent; 2924 } 2925 info_message = FALSE; 2926 } 2927 2928 int 2929 rename_buffer(char_u *new_fname) 2930 { 2931 char_u *fname, *sfname, *xfname; 2932 buf_T *buf; 2933 2934 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 2935 buf = curbuf; 2936 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 2937 /* buffer changed, don't change name now */ 2938 if (buf != curbuf) 2939 return FAIL; 2940 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2941 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 2942 return FAIL; 2943 # endif 2944 #endif 2945 /* 2946 * The name of the current buffer will be changed. 2947 * A new (unlisted) buffer entry needs to be made to hold the old file 2948 * name, which will become the alternate file name. 2949 * But don't set the alternate file name if the buffer didn't have a 2950 * name. 2951 */ 2952 fname = curbuf->b_ffname; 2953 sfname = curbuf->b_sfname; 2954 xfname = curbuf->b_fname; 2955 curbuf->b_ffname = NULL; 2956 curbuf->b_sfname = NULL; 2957 if (setfname(curbuf, new_fname, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 2958 { 2959 curbuf->b_ffname = fname; 2960 curbuf->b_sfname = sfname; 2961 return FAIL; 2962 } 2963 curbuf->b_flags |= BF_NOTEDITED; 2964 if (xfname != NULL && *xfname != NUL) 2965 { 2966 buf = buflist_new(fname, xfname, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); 2967 if (buf != NULL && !cmdmod.keepalt) 2968 curwin->w_alt_fnum = buf->b_fnum; 2969 } 2970 vim_free(fname); 2971 vim_free(sfname); 2972 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 2973 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 2974 #endif 2975 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ 2976 DO_AUTOCHDIR 2977 return OK; 2978 } 2979 2980 /* 2981 * ":file[!] [fname]". 2982 */ 2983 void 2984 ex_file(exarg_T *eap) 2985 { 2986 /* ":0file" removes the file name. Check for illegal uses ":3file", 2987 * "0file name", etc. */ 2988 if (eap->addr_count > 0 2989 && (*eap->arg != NUL 2990 || eap->line2 > 0 2991 || eap->addr_count > 1)) 2992 { 2993 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 2994 return; 2995 } 2996 2997 if (*eap->arg != NUL || eap->addr_count == 1) 2998 { 2999 if (rename_buffer(eap->arg) == FAIL) 3000 return; 3001 } 3002 /* print full file name if :cd used */ 3003 if (!shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO)) 3004 fileinfo(FALSE, FALSE, eap->forceit); 3005 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 3006 } 3007 3008 /* 3009 * ":update". 3010 */ 3011 void 3012 ex_update(exarg_T *eap) 3013 { 3014 if (curbufIsChanged()) 3015 (void)do_write(eap); 3016 } 3017 3018 /* 3019 * ":write" and ":saveas". 3020 */ 3021 void 3022 ex_write(exarg_T *eap) 3023 { 3024 if (eap->usefilter) /* input lines to shell command */ 3025 do_bang(1, eap, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 3026 else 3027 (void)do_write(eap); 3028 } 3029 3030 /* 3031 * write current buffer to file 'eap->arg' 3032 * if 'eap->append' is TRUE, append to the file 3033 * 3034 * if *eap->arg == NUL write to current file 3035 * 3036 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise 3037 */ 3038 int 3039 do_write(exarg_T *eap) 3040 { 3041 int other; 3042 char_u *fname = NULL; /* init to shut up gcc */ 3043 char_u *ffname; 3044 int retval = FAIL; 3045 char_u *free_fname = NULL; 3046 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3047 char_u *browse_file = NULL; 3048 #endif 3049 buf_T *alt_buf = NULL; 3050 int name_was_missing; 3051 3052 if (not_writing()) /* check 'write' option */ 3053 return FAIL; 3054 3055 ffname = eap->arg; 3056 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3057 if (cmdmod.browse) 3058 { 3059 browse_file = do_browse(BROWSE_SAVE, (char_u *)_("Save As"), ffname, 3060 NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf); 3061 if (browse_file == NULL) 3062 goto theend; 3063 ffname = browse_file; 3064 } 3065 #endif 3066 if (*ffname == NUL) 3067 { 3068 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) 3069 { 3070 EMSG(_(e_argreq)); 3071 goto theend; 3072 } 3073 other = FALSE; 3074 } 3075 else 3076 { 3077 fname = ffname; 3078 free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); 3079 /* 3080 * When out-of-memory, keep unexpanded file name, because we MUST be 3081 * able to write the file in this situation. 3082 */ 3083 if (free_fname != NULL) 3084 ffname = free_fname; 3085 other = otherfile(ffname); 3086 } 3087 3088 /* 3089 * If we have a new file, put its name in the list of alternate file names. 3090 */ 3091 if (other) 3092 { 3093 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_ALTWRITE) != NULL 3094 || eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) 3095 alt_buf = setaltfname(ffname, fname, (linenr_T)1); 3096 else 3097 alt_buf = buflist_findname(ffname); 3098 if (alt_buf != NULL && alt_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) 3099 { 3100 /* Overwriting a file that is loaded in another buffer is not a 3101 * good idea. */ 3102 EMSG(_(e_bufloaded)); 3103 goto theend; 3104 } 3105 } 3106 3107 /* 3108 * Writing to the current file is not allowed in readonly mode 3109 * and a file name is required. 3110 * "nofile" and "nowrite" buffers cannot be written implicitly either. 3111 */ 3112 if (!other && ( 3113 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 3114 bt_dontwrite_msg(curbuf) || 3115 #endif 3116 check_fname() == FAIL || check_readonly(&eap->forceit, curbuf))) 3117 goto theend; 3118 3119 if (!other) 3120 { 3121 ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; 3122 fname = curbuf->b_fname; 3123 /* 3124 * Not writing the whole file is only allowed with '!'. 3125 */ 3126 if ( (eap->line1 != 1 3127 || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3128 && !eap->forceit 3129 && !eap->append 3130 && !p_wa) 3131 { 3132 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3133 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) 3134 { 3135 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, 3136 (char_u *)_("Write partial file?"), 2) != VIM_YES) 3137 goto theend; 3138 eap->forceit = TRUE; 3139 } 3140 else 3141 #endif 3142 { 3143 EMSG(_("E140: Use ! to write partial buffer")); 3144 goto theend; 3145 } 3146 } 3147 } 3148 3149 if (check_overwrite(eap, curbuf, fname, ffname, other) == OK) 3150 { 3151 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas && alt_buf != NULL) 3152 { 3153 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3154 buf_T *was_curbuf = curbuf; 3155 3156 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3157 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); 3158 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3159 if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting()) 3160 # else 3161 if (curbuf != was_curbuf) 3162 # endif 3163 { 3164 /* buffer changed, don't change name now */ 3165 retval = FAIL; 3166 goto theend; 3167 } 3168 #endif 3169 /* Exchange the file names for the current and the alternate 3170 * buffer. This makes it look like we are now editing the buffer 3171 * under the new name. Must be done before buf_write(), because 3172 * if there is no file name and 'cpo' contains 'F', it will set 3173 * the file name. */ 3174 fname = alt_buf->b_fname; 3175 alt_buf->b_fname = curbuf->b_fname; 3176 curbuf->b_fname = fname; 3177 fname = alt_buf->b_ffname; 3178 alt_buf->b_ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; 3179 curbuf->b_ffname = fname; 3180 fname = alt_buf->b_sfname; 3181 alt_buf->b_sfname = curbuf->b_sfname; 3182 curbuf->b_sfname = fname; 3183 buf_name_changed(curbuf); 3184 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3185 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3186 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); 3187 if (!alt_buf->b_p_bl) 3188 { 3189 alt_buf->b_p_bl = TRUE; 3190 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFADD, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); 3191 } 3192 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3193 if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting()) 3194 # else 3195 if (curbuf != was_curbuf) 3196 # endif 3197 { 3198 /* buffer changed, don't write the file */ 3199 retval = FAIL; 3200 goto theend; 3201 } 3202 3203 /* If 'filetype' was empty try detecting it now. */ 3204 if (*curbuf->b_p_ft == NUL) 3205 { 3206 if (au_has_group((char_u *)"filetypedetect")) 3207 (void)do_doautocmd((char_u *)"filetypedetect BufRead", 3208 TRUE, NULL); 3209 do_modelines(0); 3210 } 3211 3212 /* Autocommands may have changed buffer names, esp. when 3213 * 'autochdir' is set. */ 3214 fname = curbuf->b_sfname; 3215 #endif 3216 } 3217 3218 name_was_missing = curbuf->b_ffname == NULL; 3219 3220 retval = buf_write(curbuf, ffname, fname, eap->line1, eap->line2, 3221 eap, eap->append, eap->forceit, TRUE, FALSE); 3222 3223 /* After ":saveas fname" reset 'readonly'. */ 3224 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) 3225 { 3226 if (retval == OK) 3227 { 3228 curbuf->b_p_ro = FALSE; 3229 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 3230 } 3231 } 3232 3233 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set and the file name 3234 * got changed or set. */ 3235 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas || name_was_missing) 3236 { 3237 DO_AUTOCHDIR 3238 } 3239 } 3240 3241 theend: 3242 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3243 vim_free(browse_file); 3244 #endif 3245 vim_free(free_fname); 3246 return retval; 3247 } 3248 3249 /* 3250 * Check if it is allowed to overwrite a file. If b_flags has BF_NOTEDITED, 3251 * BF_NEW or BF_READERR, check for overwriting current file. 3252 * May set eap->forceit if a dialog says it's OK to overwrite. 3253 * Return OK if it's OK, FAIL if it is not. 3254 */ 3255 int 3256 check_overwrite( 3257 exarg_T *eap, 3258 buf_T *buf, 3259 char_u *fname, /* file name to be used (can differ from 3260 buf->ffname) */ 3261 char_u *ffname, /* full path version of fname */ 3262 int other) /* writing under other name */ 3263 { 3264 /* 3265 * write to other file or b_flags set or not writing the whole file: 3266 * overwriting only allowed with '!' 3267 */ 3268 if ( (other 3269 || (buf->b_flags & BF_NOTEDITED) 3270 || ((buf->b_flags & BF_NEW) 3271 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_OVERNEW) == NULL) 3272 || (buf->b_flags & BF_READERR)) 3273 && !p_wa 3274 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 3275 && !bt_nofile(buf) 3276 #endif 3277 && vim_fexists(ffname)) 3278 { 3279 if (!eap->forceit && !eap->append) 3280 { 3281 #ifdef UNIX 3282 /* with UNIX it is possible to open a directory */ 3283 if (mch_isdir(ffname)) 3284 { 3285 EMSG2(_(e_isadir2), ffname); 3286 return FAIL; 3287 } 3288 #endif 3289 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3290 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) 3291 { 3292 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; 3293 3294 dialog_msg(buff, _("Overwrite existing file \"%s\"?"), fname); 3295 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) != VIM_YES) 3296 return FAIL; 3297 eap->forceit = TRUE; 3298 } 3299 else 3300 #endif 3301 { 3302 EMSG(_(e_exists)); 3303 return FAIL; 3304 } 3305 } 3306 3307 /* For ":w! filename" check that no swap file exists for "filename". */ 3308 if (other && !emsg_silent) 3309 { 3310 char_u *dir; 3311 char_u *p; 3312 int r; 3313 char_u *swapname; 3314 3315 /* We only try the first entry in 'directory', without checking if 3316 * it's writable. If the "." directory is not writable the write 3317 * will probably fail anyway. 3318 * Use 'shortname' of the current buffer, since there is no buffer 3319 * for the written file. */ 3320 if (*p_dir == NUL) 3321 { 3322 dir = alloc(5); 3323 if (dir == NULL) 3324 return FAIL; 3325 STRCPY(dir, "."); 3326 } 3327 else 3328 { 3329 dir = alloc(MAXPATHL); 3330 if (dir == NULL) 3331 return FAIL; 3332 p = p_dir; 3333 copy_option_part(&p, dir, MAXPATHL, ","); 3334 } 3335 swapname = makeswapname(fname, ffname, curbuf, dir); 3336 vim_free(dir); 3337 r = vim_fexists(swapname); 3338 if (r) 3339 { 3340 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3341 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) 3342 { 3343 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; 3344 3345 dialog_msg(buff, 3346 _("Swap file \"%s\" exists, overwrite anyway?"), 3347 swapname); 3348 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) 3349 != VIM_YES) 3350 { 3351 vim_free(swapname); 3352 return FAIL; 3353 } 3354 eap->forceit = TRUE; 3355 } 3356 else 3357 #endif 3358 { 3359 EMSG2(_("E768: Swap file exists: %s (:silent! overrides)"), 3360 swapname); 3361 vim_free(swapname); 3362 return FAIL; 3363 } 3364 } 3365 vim_free(swapname); 3366 } 3367 } 3368 return OK; 3369 } 3370 3371 /* 3372 * Handle ":wnext", ":wNext" and ":wprevious" commands. 3373 */ 3374 void 3375 ex_wnext(exarg_T *eap) 3376 { 3377 int i; 3378 3379 if (eap->cmd[1] == 'n') 3380 i = curwin->w_arg_idx + (int)eap->line2; 3381 else 3382 i = curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2; 3383 eap->line1 = 1; 3384 eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 3385 if (do_write(eap) != FAIL) 3386 do_argfile(eap, i); 3387 } 3388 3389 /* 3390 * ":wall", ":wqall" and ":xall": Write all changed files (and exit). 3391 */ 3392 void 3393 do_wqall(exarg_T *eap) 3394 { 3395 buf_T *buf; 3396 int error = 0; 3397 int save_forceit = eap->forceit; 3398 3399 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_xall || eap->cmdidx == CMD_wqall) 3400 exiting = TRUE; 3401 3402 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 3403 { 3404 if (bufIsChanged(buf) && !bt_dontwrite(buf)) 3405 { 3406 /* 3407 * Check if there is a reason the buffer cannot be written: 3408 * 1. if the 'write' option is set 3409 * 2. if there is no file name (even after browsing) 3410 * 3. if the 'readonly' is set (even after a dialog) 3411 * 4. if overwriting is allowed (even after a dialog) 3412 */ 3413 if (not_writing()) 3414 { 3415 ++error; 3416 break; 3417 } 3418 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3419 /* ":browse wall": ask for file name if there isn't one */ 3420 if (buf->b_ffname == NULL && cmdmod.browse) 3421 browse_save_fname(buf); 3422 #endif 3423 if (buf->b_ffname == NULL) 3424 { 3425 EMSGN(_("E141: No file name for buffer %ld"), (long)buf->b_fnum); 3426 ++error; 3427 } 3428 else if (check_readonly(&eap->forceit, buf) 3429 || check_overwrite(eap, buf, buf->b_fname, buf->b_ffname, 3430 FALSE) == FAIL) 3431 { 3432 ++error; 3433 } 3434 else 3435 { 3436 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3437 bufref_T bufref; 3438 3439 set_bufref(&bufref, buf); 3440 #endif 3441 if (buf_write_all(buf, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 3442 ++error; 3443 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3444 /* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */ 3445 if (!bufref_valid(&bufref)) 3446 buf = firstbuf; 3447 #endif 3448 } 3449 eap->forceit = save_forceit; /* check_overwrite() may set it */ 3450 } 3451 } 3452 if (exiting) 3453 { 3454 if (!error) 3455 getout(0); /* exit Vim */ 3456 not_exiting(); 3457 } 3458 } 3459 3460 /* 3461 * Check the 'write' option. 3462 * Return TRUE and give a message when it's not st. 3463 */ 3464 int 3465 not_writing(void) 3466 { 3467 if (p_write) 3468 return FALSE; 3469 EMSG(_("E142: File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option")); 3470 return TRUE; 3471 } 3472 3473 /* 3474 * Check if a buffer is read-only (either 'readonly' option is set or file is 3475 * read-only). Ask for overruling in a dialog. Return TRUE and give an error 3476 * message when the buffer is readonly. 3477 */ 3478 static int 3479 check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf) 3480 { 3481 stat_T st; 3482 3483 /* Handle a file being readonly when the 'readonly' option is set or when 3484 * the file exists and permissions are read-only. 3485 * We will send 0777 to check_file_readonly(), as the "perm" variable is 3486 * important for device checks but not here. */ 3487 if (!*forceit && (buf->b_p_ro 3488 || (mch_stat((char *)buf->b_ffname, &st) >= 0 3489 && check_file_readonly(buf->b_ffname, 0777)))) 3490 { 3491 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3492 if ((p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && buf->b_fname != NULL) 3493 { 3494 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; 3495 3496 if (buf->b_p_ro) 3497 dialog_msg(buff, _("'readonly' option is set for \"%s\".\nDo you wish to write anyway?"), 3498 buf->b_fname); 3499 else 3500 dialog_msg(buff, _("File permissions of \"%s\" are read-only.\nIt may still be possible to write it.\nDo you wish to try?"), 3501 buf->b_fname); 3502 3503 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) == VIM_YES) 3504 { 3505 /* Set forceit, to force the writing of a readonly file */ 3506 *forceit = TRUE; 3507 return FALSE; 3508 } 3509 else 3510 return TRUE; 3511 } 3512 else 3513 #endif 3514 if (buf->b_p_ro) 3515 EMSG(_(e_readonly)); 3516 else 3517 EMSG2(_("E505: \"%s\" is read-only (add ! to override)"), 3518 buf->b_fname); 3519 return TRUE; 3520 } 3521 3522 return FALSE; 3523 } 3524 3525 /* 3526 * Try to abandon current file and edit a new or existing file. 3527 * "fnum" is the number of the file, if zero use ffname/sfname. 3528 * "lnum" is the line number for the cursor in the new file (if non-zero). 3529 * 3530 * Return: 3531 * GETFILE_ERROR for "normal" error, 3532 * GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN for "not written" error, 3533 * GETFILE_SAME_FILE for success 3534 * GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER for successfully opening another file. 3535 */ 3536 int 3537 getfile( 3538 int fnum, 3539 char_u *ffname, 3540 char_u *sfname, 3541 int setpm, 3542 linenr_T lnum, 3543 int forceit) 3544 { 3545 int other; 3546 int retval; 3547 char_u *free_me = NULL; 3548 3549 if (text_locked()) 3550 return GETFILE_ERROR; 3551 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3552 if (curbuf_locked()) 3553 return GETFILE_ERROR; 3554 #endif 3555 3556 if (fnum == 0) 3557 { 3558 /* make ffname full path, set sfname */ 3559 fname_expand(curbuf, &ffname, &sfname); 3560 other = otherfile(ffname); 3561 free_me = ffname; /* has been allocated, free() later */ 3562 } 3563 else 3564 other = (fnum != curbuf->b_fnum); 3565 3566 if (other) 3567 ++no_wait_return; /* don't wait for autowrite message */ 3568 if (other && !forceit && curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 && !buf_hide(curbuf) 3569 && curbufIsChanged() && autowrite(curbuf, forceit) == FAIL) 3570 { 3571 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3572 if (p_confirm && p_write) 3573 dialog_changed(curbuf, FALSE); 3574 if (curbufIsChanged()) 3575 #endif 3576 { 3577 if (other) 3578 --no_wait_return; 3579 no_write_message(); 3580 retval = GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN; /* file has been changed */ 3581 goto theend; 3582 } 3583 } 3584 if (other) 3585 --no_wait_return; 3586 if (setpm) 3587 setpcmark(); 3588 if (!other) 3589 { 3590 if (lnum != 0) 3591 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3592 check_cursor_lnum(); 3593 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); 3594 retval = GETFILE_SAME_FILE; /* it's in the same file */ 3595 } 3596 else if (do_ecmd(fnum, ffname, sfname, NULL, lnum, 3597 (buf_hide(curbuf) ? ECMD_HIDE : 0) + (forceit ? ECMD_FORCEIT : 0), 3598 curwin) == OK) 3599 retval = GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER; /* opened another file */ 3600 else 3601 retval = GETFILE_ERROR; /* error encountered */ 3602 3603 theend: 3604 vim_free(free_me); 3605 return retval; 3606 } 3607 3608 /* 3609 * start editing a new file 3610 * 3611 * fnum: file number; if zero use ffname/sfname 3612 * ffname: the file name 3613 * - full path if sfname used, 3614 * - any file name if sfname is NULL 3615 * - empty string to re-edit with the same file name (but may be 3616 * in a different directory) 3617 * - NULL to start an empty buffer 3618 * sfname: the short file name (or NULL) 3619 * eap: contains the command to be executed after loading the file and 3620 * forced 'ff' and 'fenc' 3621 * newlnum: if > 0: put cursor on this line number (if possible) 3622 * if ECMD_LASTL: use last position in loaded file 3623 * if ECMD_LAST: use last position in all files 3624 * if ECMD_ONE: use first line 3625 * flags: 3626 * ECMD_HIDE: if TRUE don't free the current buffer 3627 * ECMD_SET_HELP: set b_help flag of (new) buffer before opening file 3628 * ECMD_OLDBUF: use existing buffer if it exists 3629 * ECMD_FORCEIT: ! used for Ex command 3630 * ECMD_ADDBUF: don't edit, just add to buffer list 3631 * oldwin: Should be "curwin" when editing a new buffer in the current 3632 * window, NULL when splitting the window first. When not NULL info 3633 * of the previous buffer for "oldwin" is stored. 3634 * 3635 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise 3636 */ 3637 int 3638 do_ecmd( 3639 int fnum, 3640 char_u *ffname, 3641 char_u *sfname, 3642 exarg_T *eap, /* can be NULL! */ 3643 linenr_T newlnum, 3644 int flags, 3645 win_T *oldwin) 3646 { 3647 int other_file; /* TRUE if editing another file */ 3648 int oldbuf; /* TRUE if using existing buffer */ 3649 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3650 int auto_buf = FALSE; /* TRUE if autocommands brought us 3651 into the buffer unexpectedly */ 3652 char_u *new_name = NULL; 3653 int did_set_swapcommand = FALSE; 3654 #endif 3655 buf_T *buf; 3656 bufref_T bufref; 3657 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3658 bufref_T old_curbuf; 3659 #endif 3660 char_u *free_fname = NULL; 3661 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3662 char_u *browse_file = NULL; 3663 #endif 3664 int retval = FAIL; 3665 long n; 3666 pos_T orig_pos; 3667 linenr_T topline = 0; 3668 int newcol = -1; 3669 int solcol = -1; 3670 pos_T *pos; 3671 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP 3672 char_u *cp; 3673 #endif 3674 char_u *command = NULL; 3675 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3676 int did_get_winopts = FALSE; 3677 #endif 3678 int readfile_flags = 0; 3679 int did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE; 3680 3681 if (eap != NULL) 3682 command = eap->do_ecmd_cmd; 3683 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3684 set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf); 3685 #endif 3686 3687 if (fnum != 0) 3688 { 3689 if (fnum == curbuf->b_fnum) /* file is already being edited */ 3690 return OK; /* nothing to do */ 3691 other_file = TRUE; 3692 } 3693 else 3694 { 3695 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3696 if (cmdmod.browse) 3697 { 3698 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3699 if ( 3700 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 3701 !gui.in_use && 3702 # endif 3703 au_has_group((char_u *)"FileExplorer")) 3704 { 3705 /* No browsing supported but we do have the file explorer: 3706 * Edit the directory. */ 3707 if (ffname == NULL || !mch_isdir(ffname)) 3708 ffname = (char_u *)"."; 3709 } 3710 else 3711 # endif 3712 { 3713 browse_file = do_browse(0, (char_u *)_("Edit File"), ffname, 3714 NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf); 3715 if (browse_file == NULL) 3716 goto theend; 3717 ffname = browse_file; 3718 } 3719 } 3720 #endif 3721 /* if no short name given, use ffname for short name */ 3722 if (sfname == NULL) 3723 sfname = ffname; 3724 #ifdef USE_FNAME_CASE 3725 # ifdef USE_LONG_FNAME 3726 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) 3727 # endif 3728 if (sfname != NULL) 3729 fname_case(sfname, 0); /* set correct case for sfname */ 3730 #endif 3731 3732 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS 3733 if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) && (ffname == NULL || *ffname == NUL)) 3734 goto theend; 3735 #endif 3736 3737 if (ffname == NULL) 3738 other_file = TRUE; 3739 /* there is no file name */ 3740 else if (*ffname == NUL && curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) 3741 other_file = FALSE; 3742 else 3743 { 3744 if (*ffname == NUL) /* re-edit with same file name */ 3745 { 3746 ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; 3747 sfname = curbuf->b_fname; 3748 } 3749 free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); /* may expand to full path name */ 3750 if (free_fname != NULL) 3751 ffname = free_fname; 3752 other_file = otherfile(ffname); 3753 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP 3754 if (usingSunWorkShop && p_acd 3755 && (cp = vim_strrchr(sfname, '/')) != NULL) 3756 sfname = ++cp; 3757 #endif 3758 } 3759 } 3760 3761 /* 3762 * if the file was changed we may not be allowed to abandon it 3763 * - if we are going to re-edit the same file 3764 * - or if we are the only window on this file and if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE 3765 */ 3766 if ( ((!other_file && !(flags & ECMD_OLDBUF)) 3767 || (curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 3768 && !(flags & (ECMD_HIDE | ECMD_ADDBUF)))) 3769 && check_changed(curbuf, (p_awa ? CCGD_AW : 0) 3770 | (other_file ? 0 : CCGD_MULTWIN) 3771 | ((flags & ECMD_FORCEIT) ? CCGD_FORCEIT : 0) 3772 | (eap == NULL ? 0 : CCGD_EXCMD))) 3773 { 3774 if (fnum == 0 && other_file && ffname != NULL) 3775 (void)setaltfname(ffname, sfname, newlnum < 0 ? 0 : newlnum); 3776 goto theend; 3777 } 3778 3779 /* 3780 * End Visual mode before switching to another buffer, so the text can be 3781 * copied into the GUI selection buffer. 3782 */ 3783 reset_VIsual(); 3784 3785 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3786 if ((command != NULL || newlnum > (linenr_T)0) 3787 && *get_vim_var_str(VV_SWAPCOMMAND) == NUL) 3788 { 3789 int len; 3790 char_u *p; 3791 3792 /* Set v:swapcommand for the SwapExists autocommands. */ 3793 if (command != NULL) 3794 len = (int)STRLEN(command) + 3; 3795 else 3796 len = 30; 3797 p = alloc((unsigned)len); 3798 if (p != NULL) 3799 { 3800 if (command != NULL) 3801 vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, ":%s\r", command); 3802 else 3803 vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, "%ldG", (long)newlnum); 3804 set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, p, -1); 3805 did_set_swapcommand = TRUE; 3806 vim_free(p); 3807 } 3808 } 3809 #endif 3810 3811 /* 3812 * If we are starting to edit another file, open a (new) buffer. 3813 * Otherwise we re-use the current buffer. 3814 */ 3815 if (other_file) 3816 { 3817 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS 3818 if (!(flags & ECMD_ADDBUF)) 3819 #endif 3820 { 3821 if (!cmdmod.keepalt) 3822 curwin->w_alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; 3823 if (oldwin != NULL) 3824 buflist_altfpos(oldwin); 3825 } 3826 3827 if (fnum) 3828 buf = buflist_findnr(fnum); 3829 else 3830 { 3831 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS 3832 if (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) 3833 { 3834 linenr_T tlnum = 1L; 3835 3836 if (command != NULL) 3837 { 3838 tlnum = atol((char *)command); 3839 if (tlnum <= 0) 3840 tlnum = 1L; 3841 } 3842 (void)buflist_new(ffname, sfname, tlnum, BLN_LISTED); 3843 goto theend; 3844 } 3845 #endif 3846 buf = buflist_new(ffname, sfname, 0L, 3847 BLN_CURBUF | ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) ? 0 : BLN_LISTED)); 3848 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3849 /* autocommands may change curwin and curbuf */ 3850 if (oldwin != NULL) 3851 oldwin = curwin; 3852 set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf); 3853 #endif 3854 } 3855 if (buf == NULL) 3856 goto theend; 3857 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) /* no memfile yet */ 3858 { 3859 oldbuf = FALSE; 3860 } 3861 else /* existing memfile */ 3862 { 3863 oldbuf = TRUE; 3864 set_bufref(&bufref, buf); 3865 (void)buf_check_timestamp(buf, FALSE); 3866 /* Check if autocommands made the buffer invalid or changed the 3867 * current buffer. */ 3868 if (!bufref_valid(&bufref) 3869 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3870 || curbuf != old_curbuf.br_buf 3871 #endif 3872 ) 3873 goto theend; 3874 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3875 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 3876 goto theend; 3877 #endif 3878 } 3879 3880 /* May jump to last used line number for a loaded buffer or when asked 3881 * for explicitly */ 3882 if ((oldbuf && newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) || newlnum == ECMD_LAST) 3883 { 3884 pos = buflist_findfpos(buf); 3885 newlnum = pos->lnum; 3886 solcol = pos->col; 3887 } 3888 3889 /* 3890 * Make the (new) buffer the one used by the current window. 3891 * If the old buffer becomes unused, free it if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE. 3892 * If the current buffer was empty and has no file name, curbuf 3893 * is returned by buflist_new(), nothing to do here. 3894 */ 3895 if (buf != curbuf) 3896 { 3897 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3898 /* 3899 * Be careful: The autocommands may delete any buffer and change 3900 * the current buffer. 3901 * - If the buffer we are going to edit is deleted, give up. 3902 * - If the current buffer is deleted, prefer to load the new 3903 * buffer when loading a buffer is required. This avoids 3904 * loading another buffer which then must be closed again. 3905 * - If we ended up in the new buffer already, need to skip a few 3906 * things, set auto_buf. 3907 */ 3908 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) 3909 new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname); 3910 set_bufref(&au_new_curbuf, buf); 3911 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3912 if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf)) 3913 { 3914 /* new buffer has been deleted */ 3915 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ 3916 goto theend; 3917 } 3918 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3919 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 3920 { 3921 vim_free(new_name); 3922 goto theend; 3923 } 3924 # endif 3925 if (buf == curbuf) /* already in new buffer */ 3926 auto_buf = TRUE; 3927 else 3928 { 3929 win_T *the_curwin = curwin; 3930 3931 /* Set the w_closing flag to avoid that autocommands close the 3932 * window. And set b_locked for the same reason. */ 3933 the_curwin->w_closing = TRUE; 3934 ++buf->b_locked; 3935 3936 if (curbuf == old_curbuf.br_buf) 3937 #endif 3938 buf_copy_options(buf, BCO_ENTER); 3939 3940 /* Close the link to the current buffer. This will set 3941 * oldwin->w_buffer to NULL. */ 3942 u_sync(FALSE); 3943 close_buffer(oldwin, curbuf, 3944 (flags & ECMD_HIDE) ? 0 : DOBUF_UNLOAD, FALSE); 3945 3946 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3947 the_curwin->w_closing = FALSE; 3948 --buf->b_locked; 3949 3950 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3951 /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 3952 if (aborting() && curwin->w_buffer != NULL) 3953 { 3954 vim_free(new_name); 3955 goto theend; 3956 } 3957 # endif 3958 /* Be careful again, like above. */ 3959 if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf)) 3960 { 3961 /* new buffer has been deleted */ 3962 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ 3963 goto theend; 3964 } 3965 if (buf == curbuf) /* already in new buffer */ 3966 auto_buf = TRUE; 3967 else 3968 #endif 3969 { 3970 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3971 /* 3972 * <VN> We could instead free the synblock 3973 * and re-attach to buffer, perhaps. 3974 */ 3975 if (curwin->w_buffer == NULL 3976 || curwin->w_s == &(curwin->w_buffer->b_s)) 3977 curwin->w_s = &(buf->b_s); 3978 #endif 3979 curwin->w_buffer = buf; 3980 curbuf = buf; 3981 ++curbuf->b_nwindows; 3982 3983 /* Set 'fileformat', 'binary' and 'fenc' when forced. */ 3984 if (!oldbuf && eap != NULL) 3985 { 3986 set_file_options(TRUE, eap); 3987 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3988 set_forced_fenc(eap); 3989 #endif 3990 } 3991 } 3992 3993 /* May get the window options from the last time this buffer 3994 * was in this window (or another window). If not used 3995 * before, reset the local window options to the global 3996 * values. Also restores old folding stuff. */ 3997 get_winopts(curbuf); 3998 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3999 did_get_winopts = TRUE; 4000 #endif 4001 4002 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4003 } 4004 vim_free(new_name); 4005 au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL; 4006 au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0; 4007 #endif 4008 } 4009 4010 curwin->w_pcmark.lnum = 1; 4011 curwin->w_pcmark.col = 0; 4012 } 4013 else /* !other_file */ 4014 { 4015 if ( 4016 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS 4017 (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) || 4018 #endif 4019 check_fname() == FAIL) 4020 goto theend; 4021 4022 oldbuf = (flags & ECMD_OLDBUF); 4023 } 4024 4025 /* Don't redraw until the cursor is in the right line, otherwise 4026 * autocommands may cause ml_get errors. */ 4027 ++RedrawingDisabled; 4028 did_inc_redrawing_disabled = TRUE; 4029 4030 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4031 buf = curbuf; 4032 #endif 4033 if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) || keep_help_flag) 4034 { 4035 prepare_help_buffer(); 4036 } 4037 else 4038 { 4039 /* Don't make a buffer listed if it's a help buffer. Useful when 4040 * using CTRL-O to go back to a help file. */ 4041 if (!curbuf->b_help) 4042 set_buflisted(TRUE); 4043 } 4044 4045 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4046 /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about 4047 * editing the file. */ 4048 if (buf != curbuf) 4049 goto theend; 4050 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4051 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 4052 goto theend; 4053 # endif 4054 4055 /* Since we are starting to edit a file, consider the filetype to be 4056 * unset. Helps for when an autocommand changes files and expects syntax 4057 * highlighting to work in the other file. */ 4058 did_filetype = FALSE; 4059 #endif 4060 4061 /* 4062 * other_file oldbuf 4063 * FALSE FALSE re-edit same file, buffer is re-used 4064 * FALSE TRUE re-edit same file, nothing changes 4065 * TRUE FALSE start editing new file, new buffer 4066 * TRUE TRUE start editing in existing buffer (nothing to do) 4067 */ 4068 if (!other_file && !oldbuf) /* re-use the buffer */ 4069 { 4070 set_last_cursor(curwin); /* may set b_last_cursor */ 4071 if (newlnum == ECMD_LAST || newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) 4072 { 4073 newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 4074 solcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 4075 } 4076 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4077 buf = curbuf; 4078 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) 4079 new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname); 4080 else 4081 new_name = NULL; 4082 set_bufref(&bufref, buf); 4083 #endif 4084 if (p_ur < 0 || curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count <= p_ur) 4085 { 4086 /* Save all the text, so that the reload can be undone. 4087 * Sync first so that this is a separate undo-able action. */ 4088 u_sync(FALSE); 4089 if (u_savecommon(0, curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1, 0, TRUE) 4090 == FAIL) 4091 { 4092 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4093 vim_free(new_name); 4094 #endif 4095 goto theend; 4096 } 4097 u_unchanged(curbuf); 4098 buf_freeall(curbuf, BFA_KEEP_UNDO); 4099 4100 /* tell readfile() not to clear or reload undo info */ 4101 readfile_flags = READ_KEEP_UNDO; 4102 } 4103 else 4104 buf_freeall(curbuf, 0); /* free all things for buffer */ 4105 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4106 /* If autocommands deleted the buffer we were going to re-edit, give 4107 * up and jump to the end. */ 4108 if (!bufref_valid(&bufref)) 4109 { 4110 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ 4111 goto theend; 4112 } 4113 vim_free(new_name); 4114 4115 /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about 4116 * re-editing the file. Should do the buf_clear_file(), but perhaps 4117 * the autocommands changed the buffer... */ 4118 if (buf != curbuf) 4119 goto theend; 4120 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4121 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 4122 goto theend; 4123 # endif 4124 #endif 4125 buf_clear_file(curbuf); 4126 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = 0; /* clear '[ and '] marks */ 4127 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = 0; 4128 } 4129 4130 /* 4131 * If we get here we are sure to start editing 4132 */ 4133 /* Assume success now */ 4134 retval = OK; 4135 4136 /* 4137 * Check if we are editing the w_arg_idx file in the argument list. 4138 */ 4139 check_arg_idx(curwin); 4140 4141 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4142 if (!auto_buf) 4143 #endif 4144 { 4145 /* 4146 * Set cursor and init window before reading the file and executing 4147 * autocommands. This allows for the autocommands to position the 4148 * cursor. 4149 */ 4150 curwin_init(); 4151 4152 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4153 /* It's possible that all lines in the buffer changed. Need to update 4154 * automatic folding for all windows where it's used. */ 4155 { 4156 win_T *win; 4157 tabpage_T *tp; 4158 4159 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) 4160 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) 4161 foldUpdateAll(win); 4162 } 4163 #endif 4164 4165 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ 4166 DO_AUTOCHDIR 4167 4168 /* 4169 * Careful: open_buffer() and apply_autocmds() may change the current 4170 * buffer and window. 4171 */ 4172 orig_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 4173 topline = curwin->w_topline; 4174 if (!oldbuf) /* need to read the file */ 4175 { 4176 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION) 4177 swap_exists_action = SEA_DIALOG; 4178 #endif 4179 curbuf->b_flags |= BF_CHECK_RO; /* set/reset 'ro' flag */ 4180 4181 /* 4182 * Open the buffer and read the file. 4183 */ 4184 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) 4185 if (should_abort(open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags))) 4186 retval = FAIL; 4187 #else 4188 (void)open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags); 4189 #endif 4190 4191 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION) 4192 if (swap_exists_action == SEA_QUIT) 4193 retval = FAIL; 4194 handle_swap_exists(&old_curbuf); 4195 #endif 4196 } 4197 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4198 else 4199 { 4200 /* Read the modelines, but only to set window-local options. Any 4201 * buffer-local options have already been set and may have been 4202 * changed by the user. */ 4203 do_modelines(OPT_WINONLY); 4204 4205 apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf, 4206 &retval); 4207 apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFWINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf, 4208 &retval); 4209 } 4210 check_arg_idx(curwin); 4211 #endif 4212 4213 /* If autocommands change the cursor position or topline, we should 4214 * keep it. Also when it moves within a line. */ 4215 if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, orig_pos)) 4216 { 4217 newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 4218 newcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 4219 } 4220 if (curwin->w_topline == topline) 4221 topline = 0; 4222 4223 /* Even when cursor didn't move we need to recompute topline. */ 4224 changed_line_abv_curs(); 4225 4226 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 4227 maketitle(); 4228 #endif 4229 } 4230 4231 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4232 /* Tell the diff stuff that this buffer is new and/or needs updating. 4233 * Also needed when re-editing the same buffer, because unloading will 4234 * have removed it as a diff buffer. */ 4235 if (curwin->w_p_diff) 4236 { 4237 diff_buf_add(curbuf); 4238 diff_invalidate(curbuf); 4239 } 4240 #endif 4241 4242 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4243 /* If the window options were changed may need to set the spell language. 4244 * Can only do this after the buffer has been properly setup. */ 4245 if (did_get_winopts && curwin->w_p_spell && *curwin->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL) 4246 (void)did_set_spelllang(curwin); 4247 #endif 4248 4249 if (command == NULL) 4250 { 4251 if (newcol >= 0) /* position set by autocommands */ 4252 { 4253 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum; 4254 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; 4255 check_cursor(); 4256 } 4257 else if (newlnum > 0) /* line number from caller or old position */ 4258 { 4259 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum; 4260 check_cursor_lnum(); 4261 if (solcol >= 0 && !p_sol) 4262 { 4263 /* 'sol' is off: Use last known column. */ 4264 curwin->w_cursor.col = solcol; 4265 check_cursor_col(); 4266 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4267 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 4268 #endif 4269 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 4270 } 4271 else 4272 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); 4273 } 4274 else /* no line number, go to last line in Ex mode */ 4275 { 4276 if (exmode_active) 4277 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4278 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 4279 } 4280 } 4281 4282 /* Check if cursors in other windows on the same buffer are still valid */ 4283 check_lnums(FALSE); 4284 4285 /* 4286 * Did not read the file, need to show some info about the file. 4287 * Do this after setting the cursor. 4288 */ 4289 if (oldbuf 4290 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4291 && !auto_buf 4292 #endif 4293 ) 4294 { 4295 int msg_scroll_save = msg_scroll; 4296 4297 /* Obey the 'O' flag in 'cpoptions': overwrite any previous file 4298 * message. */ 4299 if (shortmess(SHM_OVERALL) && !exiting && p_verbose == 0) 4300 msg_scroll = FALSE; 4301 if (!msg_scroll) /* wait a bit when overwriting an error msg */ 4302 check_for_delay(FALSE); 4303 msg_start(); 4304 msg_scroll = msg_scroll_save; 4305 msg_scrolled_ign = TRUE; 4306 4307 if (!shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO)) 4308 fileinfo(FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 4309 4310 msg_scrolled_ign = FALSE; 4311 } 4312 4313 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO 4314 curbuf->b_last_used = vim_time(); 4315 #endif 4316 4317 if (command != NULL) 4318 do_cmdline(command, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_VERBOSE); 4319 4320 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 4321 if (curbuf->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_INIT) 4322 (void)keymap_init(); 4323 #endif 4324 4325 --RedrawingDisabled; 4326 did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE; 4327 if (!skip_redraw) 4328 { 4329 n = p_so; 4330 if (topline == 0 && command == NULL) 4331 p_so = 999; /* force cursor halfway the window */ 4332 update_topline(); 4333 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND 4334 curwin->w_scbind_pos = curwin->w_topline; 4335 #endif 4336 p_so = n; 4337 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); /* redraw this buffer later */ 4338 } 4339 4340 if (p_im) 4341 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; 4342 4343 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ 4344 DO_AUTOCHDIR 4345 4346 #if defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) 4347 if (curbuf->b_ffname != NULL) 4348 { 4349 # ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP 4350 if (gui.in_use && usingSunWorkShop) 4351 workshop_file_opened((char *)curbuf->b_ffname, curbuf->b_p_ro); 4352 # endif 4353 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 4354 if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) != ECMD_SET_HELP) 4355 netbeans_file_opened(curbuf); 4356 # endif 4357 } 4358 #endif 4359 4360 theend: 4361 if (did_inc_redrawing_disabled) 4362 --RedrawingDisabled; 4363 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4364 if (did_set_swapcommand) 4365 set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, NULL, -1); 4366 #endif 4367 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 4368 vim_free(browse_file); 4369 #endif 4370 vim_free(free_fname); 4371 return retval; 4372 } 4373 4374 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4375 static void 4376 delbuf_msg(char_u *name) 4377 { 4378 EMSG2(_("E143: Autocommands unexpectedly deleted new buffer %s"), 4379 name == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : name); 4380 vim_free(name); 4381 au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL; 4382 au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0; 4383 } 4384 #endif 4385 4386 static int append_indent = 0; /* autoindent for first line */ 4387 4388 /* 4389 * ":insert" and ":append", also used by ":change" 4390 */ 4391 void 4392 ex_append(exarg_T *eap) 4393 { 4394 char_u *theline; 4395 int did_undo = FALSE; 4396 linenr_T lnum = eap->line2; 4397 int indent = 0; 4398 char_u *p; 4399 int vcol; 4400 int empty = (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY); 4401 4402 /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */ 4403 if (eap->forceit) 4404 curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai; 4405 4406 /* First autoindent comes from the line we start on */ 4407 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_change && curbuf->b_p_ai && lnum > 0) 4408 append_indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum); 4409 4410 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append) 4411 --lnum; 4412 4413 /* when the buffer is empty need to delete the dummy line */ 4414 if (empty && lnum == 1) 4415 lnum = 0; 4416 4417 State = INSERT; /* behave like in Insert mode */ 4418 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) 4419 State |= LANGMAP; 4420 4421 for (;;) 4422 { 4423 msg_scroll = TRUE; 4424 need_wait_return = FALSE; 4425 if (curbuf->b_p_ai) 4426 { 4427 if (append_indent >= 0) 4428 { 4429 indent = append_indent; 4430 append_indent = -1; 4431 } 4432 else if (lnum > 0) 4433 indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum); 4434 } 4435 ex_keep_indent = FALSE; 4436 if (eap->getline == NULL) 4437 { 4438 /* No getline() function, use the lines that follow. This ends 4439 * when there is no more. */ 4440 if (eap->nextcmd == NULL || *eap->nextcmd == NUL) 4441 break; 4442 p = vim_strchr(eap->nextcmd, NL); 4443 if (p == NULL) 4444 p = eap->nextcmd + STRLEN(eap->nextcmd); 4445 theline = vim_strnsave(eap->nextcmd, (int)(p - eap->nextcmd)); 4446 if (*p != NUL) 4447 ++p; 4448 eap->nextcmd = p; 4449 } 4450 else 4451 { 4452 int save_State = State; 4453 4454 /* Set State to avoid the cursor shape to be set to INSERT mode 4455 * when getline() returns. */ 4456 State = CMDLINE; 4457 theline = eap->getline( 4458 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4459 eap->cstack->cs_looplevel > 0 ? -1 : 4460 #endif 4461 NUL, eap->cookie, indent); 4462 State = save_State; 4463 } 4464 lines_left = Rows - 1; 4465 if (theline == NULL) 4466 break; 4467 4468 /* Using ^ CTRL-D in getexmodeline() makes us repeat the indent. */ 4469 if (ex_keep_indent) 4470 append_indent = indent; 4471 4472 /* Look for the "." after automatic indent. */ 4473 vcol = 0; 4474 for (p = theline; indent > vcol; ++p) 4475 { 4476 if (*p == ' ') 4477 ++vcol; 4478 else if (*p == TAB) 4479 vcol += 8 - vcol % 8; 4480 else 4481 break; 4482 } 4483 if ((p[0] == '.' && p[1] == NUL) 4484 || (!did_undo && u_save(lnum, lnum + 1 + (empty ? 1 : 0)) 4485 == FAIL)) 4486 { 4487 vim_free(theline); 4488 break; 4489 } 4490 4491 /* don't use autoindent if nothing was typed. */ 4492 if (p[0] == NUL) 4493 theline[0] = NUL; 4494 4495 did_undo = TRUE; 4496 ml_append(lnum, theline, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 4497 appended_lines_mark(lnum + (empty ? 1 : 0), 1L); 4498 4499 vim_free(theline); 4500 ++lnum; 4501 4502 if (empty) 4503 { 4504 ml_delete(2L, FALSE); 4505 empty = FALSE; 4506 } 4507 } 4508 State = NORMAL; 4509 4510 if (eap->forceit) 4511 curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai; 4512 4513 /* "start" is set to eap->line2+1 unless that position is invalid (when 4514 * eap->line2 pointed to the end of the buffer and nothing was appended) 4515 * "end" is set to lnum when something has been appended, otherwise 4516 * it is the same than "start" -- Acevedo */ 4517 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) ? 4518 eap->line2 + 1 : curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4519 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append) 4520 --curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; 4521 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = (eap->line2 < lnum) 4522 ? lnum : curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; 4523 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 4524 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 4525 check_cursor_lnum(); 4526 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); 4527 4528 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* don't use wait_return() now */ 4529 ex_no_reprint = TRUE; 4530 } 4531 4532 /* 4533 * ":change" 4534 */ 4535 void 4536 ex_change(exarg_T *eap) 4537 { 4538 linenr_T lnum; 4539 4540 if (eap->line2 >= eap->line1 4541 && u_save(eap->line1 - 1, eap->line2 + 1) == FAIL) 4542 return; 4543 4544 /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */ 4545 if (eap->forceit ? !curbuf->b_p_ai : curbuf->b_p_ai) 4546 append_indent = get_indent_lnum(eap->line1); 4547 4548 for (lnum = eap->line2; lnum >= eap->line1; --lnum) 4549 { 4550 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ 4551 break; 4552 ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE); 4553 } 4554 4555 /* make sure the cursor is not beyond the end of the file now */ 4556 check_cursor_lnum(); 4557 deleted_lines_mark(eap->line1, (long)(eap->line2 - lnum)); 4558 4559 /* ":append" on the line above the deleted lines. */ 4560 eap->line2 = eap->line1; 4561 ex_append(eap); 4562 } 4563 4564 void 4565 ex_z(exarg_T *eap) 4566 { 4567 char_u *x; 4568 long bigness; 4569 char_u *kind; 4570 int minus = 0; 4571 linenr_T start, end, curs, i; 4572 int j; 4573 linenr_T lnum = eap->line2; 4574 4575 /* Vi compatible: ":z!" uses display height, without a count uses 4576 * 'scroll' */ 4577 if (eap->forceit) 4578 bigness = curwin->w_height; 4579 else if (!ONE_WINDOW) 4580 bigness = curwin->w_height - 3; 4581 else 4582 bigness = curwin->w_p_scr * 2; 4583 if (bigness < 1) 4584 bigness = 1; 4585 4586 x = eap->arg; 4587 kind = x; 4588 if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+' || *kind == '=' 4589 || *kind == '^' || *kind == '.') 4590 ++x; 4591 while (*x == '-' || *x == '+') 4592 ++x; 4593 4594 if (*x != 0) 4595 { 4596 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*x)) 4597 { 4598 EMSG(_("E144: non-numeric argument to :z")); 4599 return; 4600 } 4601 else 4602 { 4603 bigness = atol((char *)x); 4604 4605 /* bigness could be < 0 if atol(x) overflows. */ 4606 if (bigness > 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count || bigness < 0) 4607 bigness = 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4608 4609 p_window = bigness; 4610 if (*kind == '=') 4611 bigness += 2; 4612 } 4613 } 4614 4615 /* the number of '-' and '+' multiplies the distance */ 4616 if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+') 4617 for (x = kind + 1; *x == *kind; ++x) 4618 ; 4619 4620 switch (*kind) 4621 { 4622 case '-': 4623 start = lnum - bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind) + 1; 4624 end = start + bigness - 1; 4625 curs = end; 4626 break; 4627 4628 case '=': 4629 start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1; 4630 end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1; 4631 curs = lnum; 4632 minus = 1; 4633 break; 4634 4635 case '^': 4636 start = lnum - bigness * 2; 4637 end = lnum - bigness; 4638 curs = lnum - bigness; 4639 break; 4640 4641 case '.': 4642 start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1; 4643 end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1; 4644 curs = end; 4645 break; 4646 4647 default: /* '+' */ 4648 start = lnum; 4649 if (*kind == '+') 4650 start += bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind - 1) + 1; 4651 else if (eap->addr_count == 0) 4652 ++start; 4653 end = start + bigness - 1; 4654 curs = end; 4655 break; 4656 } 4657 4658 if (start < 1) 4659 start = 1; 4660 4661 if (end > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4662 end = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4663 4664 if (curs > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4665 curs = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4666 else if (curs < 1) 4667 curs = 1; 4668 4669 for (i = start; i <= end; i++) 4670 { 4671 if (minus && i == lnum) 4672 { 4673 msg_putchar('\n'); 4674 4675 for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++) 4676 msg_putchar('-'); 4677 } 4678 4679 print_line(i, eap->flags & EXFLAG_NR, eap->flags & EXFLAG_LIST); 4680 4681 if (minus && i == lnum) 4682 { 4683 msg_putchar('\n'); 4684 4685 for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++) 4686 msg_putchar('-'); 4687 } 4688 } 4689 4690 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curs) 4691 { 4692 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curs; 4693 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 4694 } 4695 ex_no_reprint = TRUE; 4696 } 4697 4698 /* 4699 * Check if the restricted flag is set. 4700 * If so, give an error message and return TRUE. 4701 * Otherwise, return FALSE. 4702 */ 4703 int 4704 check_restricted(void) 4705 { 4706 if (restricted) 4707 { 4708 EMSG(_("E145: Shell commands not allowed in rvim")); 4709 return TRUE; 4710 } 4711 return FALSE; 4712 } 4713 4714 /* 4715 * Check if the secure flag is set (.exrc or .vimrc in current directory). 4716 * If so, give an error message and return TRUE. 4717 * Otherwise, return FALSE. 4718 */ 4719 int 4720 check_secure(void) 4721 { 4722 if (secure) 4723 { 4724 secure = 2; 4725 EMSG(_(e_curdir)); 4726 return TRUE; 4727 } 4728 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX 4729 /* 4730 * In the sandbox more things are not allowed, including the things 4731 * disallowed in secure mode. 4732 */ 4733 if (sandbox != 0) 4734 { 4735 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); 4736 return TRUE; 4737 } 4738 #endif 4739 return FALSE; 4740 } 4741 4742 static char_u *old_sub = NULL; /* previous substitute pattern */ 4743 static int global_need_beginline; /* call beginline() after ":g" */ 4744 4745 /* 4746 * Flags that are kept between calls to :substitute. 4747 */ 4748 typedef struct { 4749 int do_all; /* do multiple substitutions per line */ 4750 int do_ask; /* ask for confirmation */ 4751 int do_count; /* count only */ 4752 int do_error; /* if false, ignore errors */ 4753 int do_print; /* print last line with subs. */ 4754 int do_list; /* list last line with subs. */ 4755 int do_number; /* list last line with line nr*/ 4756 int do_ic; /* ignore case flag */ 4757 } subflags_T; 4758 4759 /* do_sub() 4760 * 4761 * Perform a substitution from line eap->line1 to line eap->line2 using the 4762 * command pointed to by eap->arg which should be of the form: 4763 * 4764 * /pattern/substitution/{flags} 4765 * 4766 * The usual escapes are supported as described in the regexp docs. 4767 */ 4768 void 4769 do_sub(exarg_T *eap) 4770 { 4771 linenr_T lnum; 4772 long i = 0; 4773 regmmatch_T regmatch; 4774 static subflags_T subflags = {FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, 4775 FALSE, FALSE, 0}; 4776 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4777 subflags_T subflags_save; 4778 #endif 4779 int save_do_all; /* remember user specified 'g' flag */ 4780 int save_do_ask; /* remember user specified 'c' flag */ 4781 char_u *pat = NULL, *sub = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 4782 int delimiter; 4783 int sublen; 4784 int got_quit = FALSE; 4785 int got_match = FALSE; 4786 int temp; 4787 int which_pat; 4788 char_u *cmd; 4789 int save_State; 4790 linenr_T first_line = 0; /* first changed line */ 4791 linenr_T last_line= 0; /* below last changed line AFTER the 4792 * change */ 4793 linenr_T old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4794 linenr_T line2; 4795 long nmatch; /* number of lines in match */ 4796 char_u *sub_firstline; /* allocated copy of first sub line */ 4797 int endcolumn = FALSE; /* cursor in last column when done */ 4798 pos_T old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; 4799 int start_nsubs; 4800 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4801 int save_ma = 0; 4802 #endif 4803 4804 cmd = eap->arg; 4805 if (!global_busy) 4806 { 4807 sub_nsubs = 0; 4808 sub_nlines = 0; 4809 } 4810 start_nsubs = sub_nsubs; 4811 4812 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_tilde) 4813 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* use last used regexp */ 4814 else 4815 which_pat = RE_SUBST; /* use last substitute regexp */ 4816 4817 /* new pattern and substitution */ 4818 if (eap->cmd[0] == 's' && *cmd != NUL && !VIM_ISWHITE(*cmd) 4819 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"0123456789cegriIp|\"", *cmd) == NULL) 4820 { 4821 /* don't accept alphanumeric for separator */ 4822 if (isalpha(*cmd)) 4823 { 4824 EMSG(_("E146: Regular expressions can't be delimited by letters")); 4825 return; 4826 } 4827 /* 4828 * undocumented vi feature: 4829 * "\/sub/" and "\?sub?" use last used search pattern (almost like 4830 * //sub/r). "\&sub&" use last substitute pattern (like //sub/). 4831 */ 4832 if (*cmd == '\\') 4833 { 4834 ++cmd; 4835 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL) 4836 { 4837 EMSG(_(e_backslash)); 4838 return; 4839 } 4840 if (*cmd != '&') 4841 which_pat = RE_SEARCH; /* use last '/' pattern */ 4842 pat = (char_u *)""; /* empty search pattern */ 4843 delimiter = *cmd++; /* remember delimiter character */ 4844 } 4845 else /* find the end of the regexp */ 4846 { 4847 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP /* reverse the flow of the Farsi characters */ 4848 if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl) 4849 lrF_sub(cmd); 4850 #endif 4851 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* use last used regexp */ 4852 delimiter = *cmd++; /* remember delimiter character */ 4853 pat = cmd; /* remember start of search pat */ 4854 cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delimiter, p_magic, &eap->arg); 4855 if (cmd[0] == delimiter) /* end delimiter found */ 4856 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ 4857 } 4858 4859 /* 4860 * Small incompatibility: vi sees '\n' as end of the command, but in 4861 * Vim we want to use '\n' to find/substitute a NUL. 4862 */ 4863 sub = cmd; /* remember the start of the substitution */ 4864 4865 while (cmd[0]) 4866 { 4867 if (cmd[0] == delimiter) /* end delimiter found */ 4868 { 4869 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ 4870 break; 4871 } 4872 if (cmd[0] == '\\' && cmd[1] != 0) /* skip escaped characters */ 4873 ++cmd; 4874 MB_PTR_ADV(cmd); 4875 } 4876 4877 if (!eap->skip) 4878 { 4879 /* In POSIX vi ":s/pat/%/" uses the previous subst. string. */ 4880 if (STRCMP(sub, "%") == 0 4881 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SUBPERCENT) != NULL) 4882 { 4883 if (old_sub == NULL) /* there is no previous command */ 4884 { 4885 EMSG(_(e_nopresub)); 4886 return; 4887 } 4888 sub = old_sub; 4889 } 4890 else 4891 { 4892 vim_free(old_sub); 4893 old_sub = vim_strsave(sub); 4894 } 4895 } 4896 } 4897 else if (!eap->skip) /* use previous pattern and substitution */ 4898 { 4899 if (old_sub == NULL) /* there is no previous command */ 4900 { 4901 EMSG(_(e_nopresub)); 4902 return; 4903 } 4904 pat = NULL; /* search_regcomp() will use previous pattern */ 4905 sub = old_sub; 4906 4907 /* Vi compatibility quirk: repeating with ":s" keeps the cursor in the 4908 * last column after using "$". */ 4909 endcolumn = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); 4910 } 4911 4912 /* Recognize ":%s/\n//" and turn it into a join command, which is much 4913 * more efficient. 4914 * TODO: find a generic solution to make line-joining operations more 4915 * efficient, avoid allocating a string that grows in size. 4916 */ 4917 if (pat != NULL && STRCMP(pat, "\\n") == 0 4918 && *sub == NUL 4919 && (*cmd == NUL || (cmd[1] == NUL && (*cmd == 'g' || *cmd == 'l' 4920 || *cmd == 'p' || *cmd == '#')))) 4921 { 4922 linenr_T joined_lines_count; 4923 4924 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; 4925 if (*cmd == 'l') 4926 eap->flags = EXFLAG_LIST; 4927 else if (*cmd == '#') 4928 eap->flags = EXFLAG_NR; 4929 else if (*cmd == 'p') 4930 eap->flags = EXFLAG_PRINT; 4931 4932 /* The number of lines joined is the number of lines in the range plus 4933 * one. One less when the last line is included. */ 4934 joined_lines_count = eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1; 4935 if (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4936 ++joined_lines_count; 4937 if (joined_lines_count > 1) 4938 { 4939 (void)do_join(joined_lines_count, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE); 4940 sub_nsubs = joined_lines_count - 1; 4941 sub_nlines = 1; 4942 (void)do_sub_msg(FALSE); 4943 ex_may_print(eap); 4944 } 4945 4946 if (!cmdmod.keeppatterns) 4947 save_re_pat(RE_SUBST, pat, p_magic); 4948 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 4949 /* put pattern in history */ 4950 add_to_history(HIST_SEARCH, pat, TRUE, NUL); 4951 #endif 4952 4953 return; 4954 } 4955 4956 /* 4957 * Find trailing options. When '&' is used, keep old options. 4958 */ 4959 if (*cmd == '&') 4960 ++cmd; 4961 else 4962 { 4963 if (!p_ed) 4964 { 4965 if (p_gd) /* default is global on */ 4966 subflags.do_all = TRUE; 4967 else 4968 subflags.do_all = FALSE; 4969 subflags.do_ask = FALSE; 4970 } 4971 subflags.do_error = TRUE; 4972 subflags.do_print = FALSE; 4973 subflags.do_count = FALSE; 4974 subflags.do_number = FALSE; 4975 subflags.do_ic = 0; 4976 } 4977 while (*cmd) 4978 { 4979 /* 4980 * Note that 'g' and 'c' are always inverted, also when p_ed is off. 4981 * 'r' is never inverted. 4982 */ 4983 if (*cmd == 'g') 4984 subflags.do_all = !subflags.do_all; 4985 else if (*cmd == 'c') 4986 subflags.do_ask = !subflags.do_ask; 4987 else if (*cmd == 'n') 4988 subflags.do_count = TRUE; 4989 else if (*cmd == 'e') 4990 subflags.do_error = !subflags.do_error; 4991 else if (*cmd == 'r') /* use last used regexp */ 4992 which_pat = RE_LAST; 4993 else if (*cmd == 'p') 4994 subflags.do_print = TRUE; 4995 else if (*cmd == '#') 4996 { 4997 subflags.do_print = TRUE; 4998 subflags.do_number = TRUE; 4999 } 5000 else if (*cmd == 'l') 5001 { 5002 subflags.do_print = TRUE; 5003 subflags.do_list = TRUE; 5004 } 5005 else if (*cmd == 'i') /* ignore case */ 5006 subflags.do_ic = 'i'; 5007 else if (*cmd == 'I') /* don't ignore case */ 5008 subflags.do_ic = 'I'; 5009 else 5010 break; 5011 ++cmd; 5012 } 5013 if (subflags.do_count) 5014 subflags.do_ask = FALSE; 5015 5016 save_do_all = subflags.do_all; 5017 save_do_ask = subflags.do_ask; 5018 5019 /* 5020 * check for a trailing count 5021 */ 5022 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); 5023 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*cmd)) 5024 { 5025 i = getdigits(&cmd); 5026 if (i <= 0 && !eap->skip && subflags.do_error) 5027 { 5028 EMSG(_(e_zerocount)); 5029 return; 5030 } 5031 eap->line1 = eap->line2; 5032 eap->line2 += i - 1; 5033 if (eap->line2 > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 5034 eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 5035 } 5036 5037 /* 5038 * check for trailing command or garbage 5039 */ 5040 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); 5041 if (*cmd && *cmd != '"') /* if not end-of-line or comment */ 5042 { 5043 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(cmd); 5044 if (eap->nextcmd == NULL) 5045 { 5046 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 5047 return; 5048 } 5049 } 5050 5051 if (eap->skip) /* not executing commands, only parsing */ 5052 return; 5053 5054 if (!subflags.do_count && !curbuf->b_p_ma) 5055 { 5056 /* Substitution is not allowed in non-'modifiable' buffer */ 5057 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); 5058 return; 5059 } 5060 5061 if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_SUBST, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, ®match) == FAIL) 5062 { 5063 if (subflags.do_error) 5064 EMSG(_(e_invcmd)); 5065 return; 5066 } 5067 5068 /* the 'i' or 'I' flag overrules 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' */ 5069 if (subflags.do_ic == 'i') 5070 regmatch.rmm_ic = TRUE; 5071 else if (subflags.do_ic == 'I') 5072 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE; 5073 5074 sub_firstline = NULL; 5075 5076 /* 5077 * ~ in the substitute pattern is replaced with the old pattern. 5078 * We do it here once to avoid it to be replaced over and over again. 5079 * But don't do it when it starts with "\=", then it's an expression. 5080 */ 5081 if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '=')) 5082 sub = regtilde(sub, p_magic); 5083 5084 /* 5085 * Check for a match on each line. 5086 */ 5087 line2 = eap->line2; 5088 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= line2 && !(got_quit 5089 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) && defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) 5090 || aborting() 5091 #endif 5092 ); ++lnum) 5093 { 5094 nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, 5095 (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL); 5096 if (nmatch) 5097 { 5098 colnr_T copycol; 5099 colnr_T matchcol; 5100 colnr_T prev_matchcol = MAXCOL; 5101 char_u *new_end, *new_start = NULL; 5102 unsigned new_start_len = 0; 5103 char_u *p1; 5104 int did_sub = FALSE; 5105 int lastone; 5106 int len, copy_len, needed_len; 5107 long nmatch_tl = 0; /* nr of lines matched below lnum */ 5108 int do_again; /* do it again after joining lines */ 5109 int skip_match = FALSE; 5110 linenr_T sub_firstlnum; /* nr of first sub line */ 5111 5112 /* 5113 * The new text is build up step by step, to avoid too much 5114 * copying. There are these pieces: 5115 * sub_firstline The old text, unmodified. 5116 * copycol Column in the old text where we started 5117 * looking for a match; from here old text still 5118 * needs to be copied to the new text. 5119 * matchcol Column number of the old text where to look 5120 * for the next match. It's just after the 5121 * previous match or one further. 5122 * prev_matchcol Column just after the previous match (if any). 5123 * Mostly equal to matchcol, except for the first 5124 * match and after skipping an empty match. 5125 * regmatch.*pos Where the pattern matched in the old text. 5126 * new_start The new text, all that has been produced so 5127 * far. 5128 * new_end The new text, where to append new text. 5129 * 5130 * lnum The line number where we found the start of 5131 * the match. Can be below the line we searched 5132 * when there is a \n before a \zs in the 5133 * pattern. 5134 * sub_firstlnum The line number in the buffer where to look 5135 * for a match. Can be different from "lnum" 5136 * when the pattern or substitute string contains 5137 * line breaks. 5138 * 5139 * Special situations: 5140 * - When the substitute string contains a line break, the part up 5141 * to the line break is inserted in the text, but the copy of 5142 * the original line is kept. "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted for 5143 * the inserted lines. 5144 * - When the matched pattern contains a line break, the old line 5145 * is taken from the line at the end of the pattern. The lines 5146 * in the match are deleted later, "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted 5147 * accordingly. 5148 * 5149 * The new text is built up in new_start[]. It has some extra 5150 * room to avoid using alloc()/free() too often. new_start_len is 5151 * the length of the allocated memory at new_start. 5152 * 5153 * Make a copy of the old line, so it won't be taken away when 5154 * updating the screen or handling a multi-line match. The "old_" 5155 * pointers point into this copy. 5156 */ 5157 sub_firstlnum = lnum; 5158 copycol = 0; 5159 matchcol = 0; 5160 5161 /* At first match, remember current cursor position. */ 5162 if (!got_match) 5163 { 5164 setpcmark(); 5165 got_match = TRUE; 5166 } 5167 5168 /* 5169 * Loop until nothing more to replace in this line. 5170 * 1. Handle match with empty string. 5171 * 2. If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation. 5172 * 3. substitute the string. 5173 * 4. if do_all is set, find next match 5174 * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line 5175 */ 5176 for (;;) 5177 { 5178 /* Advance "lnum" to the line where the match starts. The 5179 * match does not start in the first line when there is a line 5180 * break before \zs. */ 5181 if (regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0) 5182 { 5183 lnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5184 sub_firstlnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5185 nmatch -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5186 vim_free(sub_firstline); 5187 sub_firstline = NULL; 5188 } 5189 5190 if (sub_firstline == NULL) 5191 { 5192 sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum)); 5193 if (sub_firstline == NULL) 5194 { 5195 vim_free(new_start); 5196 goto outofmem; 5197 } 5198 } 5199 5200 /* Save the line number of the last change for the final 5201 * cursor position (just like Vi). */ 5202 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 5203 do_again = FALSE; 5204 5205 /* 5206 * 1. Match empty string does not count, except for first 5207 * match. This reproduces the strange vi behaviour. 5208 * This also catches endless loops. 5209 */ 5210 if (matchcol == prev_matchcol 5211 && regmatch.endpos[0].lnum == 0 5212 && matchcol == regmatch.endpos[0].col) 5213 { 5214 if (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL) 5215 /* We already were at the end of the line. Don't look 5216 * for a match in this line again. */ 5217 skip_match = TRUE; 5218 else 5219 { 5220 /* search for a match at next column */ 5221 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5222 if (has_mbyte) 5223 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(sub_firstline + matchcol); 5224 else 5225 #endif 5226 ++matchcol; 5227 } 5228 goto skip; 5229 } 5230 5231 /* Normally we continue searching for a match just after the 5232 * previous match. */ 5233 matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; 5234 prev_matchcol = matchcol; 5235 5236 /* 5237 * 2. If do_count is set only increase the counter. 5238 * If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation. 5239 */ 5240 if (subflags.do_count) 5241 { 5242 /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at 5243 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that 5244 * we continue looking for a match on the next line. 5245 * Avoids that ":s/\nB\@=//gc" get stuck. */ 5246 if (nmatch > 1) 5247 { 5248 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline); 5249 nmatch = 1; 5250 skip_match = TRUE; 5251 } 5252 sub_nsubs++; 5253 did_sub = TRUE; 5254 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5255 /* Skip the substitution, unless an expression is used, 5256 * then it is evaluated in the sandbox. */ 5257 if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '=')) 5258 #endif 5259 goto skip; 5260 } 5261 5262 if (subflags.do_ask) 5263 { 5264 int typed = 0; 5265 5266 /* change State to CONFIRM, so that the mouse works 5267 * properly */ 5268 save_State = State; 5269 State = CONFIRM; 5270 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 5271 setmouse(); /* disable mouse in xterm */ 5272 #endif 5273 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col; 5274 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND 5275 if (curwin->w_p_crb) 5276 do_check_cursorbind(); 5277 #endif 5278 5279 /* When 'cpoptions' contains "u" don't sync undo when 5280 * asking for confirmation. */ 5281 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL) 5282 ++no_u_sync; 5283 5284 /* 5285 * Loop until 'y', 'n', 'q', CTRL-E or CTRL-Y typed. 5286 */ 5287 while (subflags.do_ask) 5288 { 5289 if (exmode_active) 5290 { 5291 char_u *resp; 5292 colnr_T sc, ec; 5293 5294 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, 5295 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list); 5296 5297 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &sc, NULL, NULL); 5298 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col - 1; 5299 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < 0) 5300 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 5301 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &ec); 5302 if (subflags.do_number || curwin->w_p_nu) 5303 { 5304 int numw = number_width(curwin) + 1; 5305 sc += numw; 5306 ec += numw; 5307 } 5308 msg_start(); 5309 for (i = 0; i < (long)sc; ++i) 5310 msg_putchar(' '); 5311 for ( ; i <= (long)ec; ++i) 5312 msg_putchar('^'); 5313 5314 resp = getexmodeline('?', NULL, 0); 5315 if (resp != NULL) 5316 { 5317 typed = *resp; 5318 vim_free(resp); 5319 } 5320 } 5321 else 5322 { 5323 char_u *orig_line = NULL; 5324 int len_change = 0; 5325 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5326 int save_p_fen = curwin->w_p_fen; 5327 5328 curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE; 5329 #endif 5330 /* Invert the matched string. 5331 * Remove the inversion afterwards. */ 5332 temp = RedrawingDisabled; 5333 RedrawingDisabled = 0; 5334 5335 if (new_start != NULL) 5336 { 5337 /* There already was a substitution, we would 5338 * like to show this to the user. We cannot 5339 * really update the line, it would change 5340 * what matches. Temporarily replace the line 5341 * and change it back afterwards. */ 5342 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum)); 5343 if (orig_line != NULL) 5344 { 5345 char_u *new_line = concat_str(new_start, 5346 sub_firstline + copycol); 5347 5348 if (new_line == NULL) 5349 { 5350 vim_free(orig_line); 5351 orig_line = NULL; 5352 } 5353 else 5354 { 5355 /* Position the cursor relative to the 5356 * end of the line, the previous 5357 * substitute may have inserted or 5358 * deleted characters before the 5359 * cursor. */ 5360 len_change = (int)STRLEN(new_line) 5361 - (int)STRLEN(orig_line); 5362 curwin->w_cursor.col += len_change; 5363 ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE); 5364 } 5365 } 5366 } 5367 5368 search_match_lines = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum 5369 - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5370 search_match_endcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col 5371 + len_change; 5372 highlight_match = TRUE; 5373 5374 update_topline(); 5375 validate_cursor(); 5376 update_screen(SOME_VALID); 5377 highlight_match = FALSE; 5378 redraw_later(SOME_VALID); 5379 5380 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5381 curwin->w_p_fen = save_p_fen; 5382 #endif 5383 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) 5384 msg_didout = FALSE; /* avoid a scroll-up */ 5385 msg_starthere(); 5386 i = msg_scroll; 5387 msg_scroll = 0; /* truncate msg when 5388 needed */ 5389 msg_no_more = TRUE; 5390 /* write message same highlighting as for 5391 * wait_return */ 5392 smsg_attr(HL_ATTR(HLF_R), 5393 (char_u *)_("replace with %s (y/n/a/q/l/^E/^Y)?"), sub); 5394 msg_no_more = FALSE; 5395 msg_scroll = i; 5396 showruler(TRUE); 5397 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); 5398 RedrawingDisabled = temp; 5399 5400 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5401 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 5402 #endif 5403 ++no_mapping; /* don't map this key */ 5404 ++allow_keys; /* allow special keys */ 5405 typed = plain_vgetc(); 5406 --allow_keys; 5407 --no_mapping; 5408 5409 /* clear the question */ 5410 msg_didout = FALSE; /* don't scroll up */ 5411 msg_col = 0; 5412 gotocmdline(TRUE); 5413 5414 /* restore the line */ 5415 if (orig_line != NULL) 5416 ml_replace(lnum, orig_line, FALSE); 5417 } 5418 5419 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* no hit-return prompt */ 5420 if (typed == 'q' || typed == ESC || typed == Ctrl_C 5421 #ifdef UNIX 5422 || typed == intr_char 5423 #endif 5424 ) 5425 { 5426 got_quit = TRUE; 5427 break; 5428 } 5429 if (typed == 'n') 5430 break; 5431 if (typed == 'y') 5432 break; 5433 if (typed == 'l') 5434 { 5435 /* last: replace and then stop */ 5436 subflags.do_all = FALSE; 5437 line2 = lnum; 5438 break; 5439 } 5440 if (typed == 'a') 5441 { 5442 subflags.do_ask = FALSE; 5443 break; 5444 } 5445 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 5446 if (typed == Ctrl_E) 5447 scrollup_clamp(); 5448 else if (typed == Ctrl_Y) 5449 scrolldown_clamp(); 5450 #endif 5451 } 5452 State = save_State; 5453 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 5454 setmouse(); 5455 #endif 5456 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL) 5457 --no_u_sync; 5458 5459 if (typed == 'n') 5460 { 5461 /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at 5462 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that 5463 * we continue looking for a match on the next line. 5464 * Avoids that ":%s/\nB\@=//gc" and ":%s/\n/,\r/gc" 5465 * get stuck when pressing 'n'. */ 5466 if (nmatch > 1) 5467 { 5468 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline); 5469 skip_match = TRUE; 5470 } 5471 goto skip; 5472 } 5473 if (got_quit) 5474 goto skip; 5475 } 5476 5477 /* Move the cursor to the start of the match, so that we can 5478 * use "\=col("."). */ 5479 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col; 5480 5481 /* 5482 * 3. substitute the string. 5483 */ 5484 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5485 if (subflags.do_count) 5486 { 5487 /* prevent accidentally changing the buffer by a function */ 5488 save_ma = curbuf->b_p_ma; 5489 curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE; 5490 sandbox++; 5491 } 5492 /* Save flags for recursion. They can change for e.g. 5493 * :s/^/\=execute("s#^##gn") */ 5494 subflags_save = subflags; 5495 #endif 5496 /* get length of substitution part */ 5497 sublen = vim_regsub_multi(®match, 5498 sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum, 5499 sub, sub_firstline, FALSE, p_magic, TRUE); 5500 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5501 /* Don't keep flags set by a recursive call. */ 5502 subflags = subflags_save; 5503 if (subflags.do_count) 5504 { 5505 curbuf->b_p_ma = save_ma; 5506 if (sandbox > 0) 5507 sandbox--; 5508 goto skip; 5509 } 5510 #endif 5511 5512 /* When the match included the "$" of the last line it may 5513 * go beyond the last line of the buffer. */ 5514 if (nmatch > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1) 5515 { 5516 nmatch = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1; 5517 skip_match = TRUE; 5518 } 5519 5520 /* Need room for: 5521 * - result so far in new_start (not for first sub in line) 5522 * - original text up to match 5523 * - length of substituted part 5524 * - original text after match 5525 */ 5526 if (nmatch == 1) 5527 p1 = sub_firstline; 5528 else 5529 { 5530 p1 = ml_get(sub_firstlnum + nmatch - 1); 5531 nmatch_tl += nmatch - 1; 5532 } 5533 copy_len = regmatch.startpos[0].col - copycol; 5534 needed_len = copy_len + ((unsigned)STRLEN(p1) 5535 - regmatch.endpos[0].col) + sublen + 1; 5536 if (new_start == NULL) 5537 { 5538 /* 5539 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the 5540 * substitution into (and some extra space to avoid 5541 * too many calls to alloc()/free()). 5542 */ 5543 new_start_len = needed_len + 50; 5544 if ((new_start = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL) 5545 goto outofmem; 5546 *new_start = NUL; 5547 new_end = new_start; 5548 } 5549 else 5550 { 5551 /* 5552 * Check if the temporary buffer is long enough to do the 5553 * substitution into. If not, make it larger (with a bit 5554 * extra to avoid too many calls to alloc()/free()). 5555 */ 5556 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(new_start); 5557 needed_len += len; 5558 if (needed_len > (int)new_start_len) 5559 { 5560 new_start_len = needed_len + 50; 5561 if ((p1 = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL) 5562 { 5563 vim_free(new_start); 5564 goto outofmem; 5565 } 5566 mch_memmove(p1, new_start, (size_t)(len + 1)); 5567 vim_free(new_start); 5568 new_start = p1; 5569 } 5570 new_end = new_start + len; 5571 } 5572 5573 /* 5574 * copy the text up to the part that matched 5575 */ 5576 mch_memmove(new_end, sub_firstline + copycol, (size_t)copy_len); 5577 new_end += copy_len; 5578 5579 (void)vim_regsub_multi(®match, 5580 sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum, 5581 sub, new_end, TRUE, p_magic, TRUE); 5582 sub_nsubs++; 5583 did_sub = TRUE; 5584 5585 /* Move the cursor to the start of the line, to avoid that it 5586 * is beyond the end of the line after the substitution. */ 5587 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 5588 5589 /* For a multi-line match, make a copy of the last matched 5590 * line and continue in that one. */ 5591 if (nmatch > 1) 5592 { 5593 sub_firstlnum += nmatch - 1; 5594 vim_free(sub_firstline); 5595 sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum)); 5596 /* When going beyond the last line, stop substituting. */ 5597 if (sub_firstlnum <= line2) 5598 do_again = TRUE; 5599 else 5600 subflags.do_all = FALSE; 5601 } 5602 5603 /* Remember next character to be copied. */ 5604 copycol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; 5605 5606 if (skip_match) 5607 { 5608 /* Already hit end of the buffer, sub_firstlnum is one 5609 * less than what it ought to be. */ 5610 vim_free(sub_firstline); 5611 sub_firstline = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); 5612 copycol = 0; 5613 } 5614 5615 /* 5616 * Now the trick is to replace CTRL-M chars with a real line 5617 * break. This would make it impossible to insert a CTRL-M in 5618 * the text. The line break can be avoided by preceding the 5619 * CTRL-M with a backslash. To be able to insert a backslash, 5620 * they must be doubled in the string and are halved here. 5621 * That is Vi compatible. 5622 */ 5623 for (p1 = new_end; *p1; ++p1) 5624 { 5625 if (p1[0] == '\\' && p1[1] != NUL) /* remove backslash */ 5626 STRMOVE(p1, p1 + 1); 5627 else if (*p1 == CAR) 5628 { 5629 if (u_inssub(lnum) == OK) /* prepare for undo */ 5630 { 5631 *p1 = NUL; /* truncate up to the CR */ 5632 ml_append(lnum - 1, new_start, 5633 (colnr_T)(p1 - new_start + 1), FALSE); 5634 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); 5635 if (subflags.do_ask) 5636 appended_lines(lnum - 1, 1L); 5637 else 5638 { 5639 if (first_line == 0) 5640 first_line = lnum; 5641 last_line = lnum + 1; 5642 } 5643 /* All line numbers increase. */ 5644 ++sub_firstlnum; 5645 ++lnum; 5646 ++line2; 5647 /* move the cursor to the new line, like Vi */ 5648 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5649 /* copy the rest */ 5650 STRMOVE(new_start, p1 + 1); 5651 p1 = new_start - 1; 5652 } 5653 } 5654 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5655 else if (has_mbyte) 5656 p1 += (*mb_ptr2len)(p1) - 1; 5657 #endif 5658 } 5659 5660 /* 5661 * 4. If do_all is set, find next match. 5662 * Prevent endless loop with patterns that match empty 5663 * strings, e.g. :s/$/pat/g or :s/[a-z]* /(&)/g. 5664 * But ":s/\n/#/" is OK. 5665 */ 5666 skip: 5667 /* We already know that we did the last subst when we are at 5668 * the end of the line, except that a pattern like 5669 * "bar\|\nfoo" may match at the NUL. "lnum" can be below 5670 * "line2" when there is a \zs in the pattern after a line 5671 * break. */ 5672 lastone = (skip_match 5673 || got_int 5674 || got_quit 5675 || lnum > line2 5676 || !(subflags.do_all || do_again) 5677 || (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL && nmatch <= 1 5678 && !re_multiline(regmatch.regprog))); 5679 nmatch = -1; 5680 5681 /* 5682 * Replace the line in the buffer when needed. This is 5683 * skipped when there are more matches. 5684 * The check for nmatch_tl is needed for when multi-line 5685 * matching must replace the lines before trying to do another 5686 * match, otherwise "\@<=" won't work. 5687 * When the match starts below where we start searching also 5688 * need to replace the line first (using \zs after \n). 5689 */ 5690 if (lastone 5691 || nmatch_tl > 0 5692 || (nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, 5693 curbuf, sub_firstlnum, 5694 matchcol, NULL, NULL)) == 0 5695 || regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0) 5696 { 5697 if (new_start != NULL) 5698 { 5699 /* 5700 * Copy the rest of the line, that didn't match. 5701 * "matchcol" has to be adjusted, we use the end of 5702 * the line as reference, because the substitute may 5703 * have changed the number of characters. Same for 5704 * "prev_matchcol". 5705 */ 5706 STRCAT(new_start, sub_firstline + copycol); 5707 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol; 5708 prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) 5709 - prev_matchcol; 5710 5711 if (u_savesub(lnum) != OK) 5712 break; 5713 ml_replace(lnum, new_start, TRUE); 5714 5715 if (nmatch_tl > 0) 5716 { 5717 /* 5718 * Matched lines have now been substituted and are 5719 * useless, delete them. The part after the match 5720 * has been appended to new_start, we don't need 5721 * it in the buffer. 5722 */ 5723 ++lnum; 5724 if (u_savedel(lnum, nmatch_tl) != OK) 5725 break; 5726 for (i = 0; i < nmatch_tl; ++i) 5727 ml_delete(lnum, (int)FALSE); 5728 mark_adjust(lnum, lnum + nmatch_tl - 1, 5729 (long)MAXLNUM, -nmatch_tl); 5730 if (subflags.do_ask) 5731 deleted_lines(lnum, nmatch_tl); 5732 --lnum; 5733 line2 -= nmatch_tl; /* nr of lines decreases */ 5734 nmatch_tl = 0; 5735 } 5736 5737 /* When asking, undo is saved each time, must also set 5738 * changed flag each time. */ 5739 if (subflags.do_ask) 5740 changed_bytes(lnum, 0); 5741 else 5742 { 5743 if (first_line == 0) 5744 first_line = lnum; 5745 last_line = lnum + 1; 5746 } 5747 5748 sub_firstlnum = lnum; 5749 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* free the temp buffer */ 5750 sub_firstline = new_start; 5751 new_start = NULL; 5752 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol; 5753 prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) 5754 - prev_matchcol; 5755 copycol = 0; 5756 } 5757 if (nmatch == -1 && !lastone) 5758 nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, 5759 sub_firstlnum, matchcol, NULL, NULL); 5760 5761 /* 5762 * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line 5763 */ 5764 if (nmatch <= 0) 5765 { 5766 /* If the match found didn't start where we were 5767 * searching, do the next search in the line where we 5768 * found the match. */ 5769 if (nmatch == -1) 5770 lnum -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5771 break; 5772 } 5773 } 5774 5775 line_breakcheck(); 5776 } 5777 5778 if (did_sub) 5779 ++sub_nlines; 5780 vim_free(new_start); /* for when substitute was cancelled */ 5781 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* free the copy of the original line */ 5782 sub_firstline = NULL; 5783 } 5784 5785 line_breakcheck(); 5786 } 5787 5788 if (first_line != 0) 5789 { 5790 /* Need to subtract the number of added lines from "last_line" to get 5791 * the line number before the change (same as adding the number of 5792 * deleted lines). */ 5793 i = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count; 5794 changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line - i, i); 5795 } 5796 5797 outofmem: 5798 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* may have to free allocated copy of the line */ 5799 5800 /* ":s/pat//n" doesn't move the cursor */ 5801 if (subflags.do_count) 5802 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; 5803 5804 if (sub_nsubs > start_nsubs) 5805 { 5806 /* Set the '[ and '] marks. */ 5807 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = eap->line1; 5808 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; 5809 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 5810 5811 if (!global_busy) 5812 { 5813 /* when interactive leave cursor on the match */ 5814 if (!subflags.do_ask) 5815 { 5816 if (endcolumn) 5817 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 5818 else 5819 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 5820 } 5821 if (!do_sub_msg(subflags.do_count) && subflags.do_ask) 5822 MSG(""); 5823 } 5824 else 5825 global_need_beginline = TRUE; 5826 if (subflags.do_print) 5827 print_line(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 5828 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list); 5829 } 5830 else if (!global_busy) 5831 { 5832 if (got_int) /* interrupted */ 5833 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 5834 else if (got_match) /* did find something but nothing substituted */ 5835 MSG(""); 5836 else if (subflags.do_error) /* nothing found */ 5837 EMSG2(_(e_patnotf2), get_search_pat()); 5838 } 5839 5840 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5841 if (subflags.do_ask && hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 5842 /* Cursor position may require updating */ 5843 changed_window_setting(); 5844 #endif 5845 5846 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 5847 5848 /* Restore the flag values, they can be used for ":&&". */ 5849 subflags.do_all = save_do_all; 5850 subflags.do_ask = save_do_ask; 5851 } 5852 5853 /* 5854 * Give message for number of substitutions. 5855 * Can also be used after a ":global" command. 5856 * Return TRUE if a message was given. 5857 */ 5858 int 5859 do_sub_msg( 5860 int count_only) /* used 'n' flag for ":s" */ 5861 { 5862 /* 5863 * Only report substitutions when: 5864 * - more than 'report' substitutions 5865 * - command was typed by user, or number of changed lines > 'report' 5866 * - giving messages is not disabled by 'lazyredraw' 5867 */ 5868 if (((sub_nsubs > p_report && (KeyTyped || sub_nlines > 1 || p_report < 1)) 5869 || count_only) 5870 && messaging()) 5871 { 5872 if (got_int) 5873 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("(Interrupted) ")); 5874 else 5875 *msg_buf = NUL; 5876 if (sub_nsubs == 1) 5877 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 5878 "%s", count_only ? _("1 match") : _("1 substitution")); 5879 else 5880 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 5881 count_only ? _("%ld matches") : _("%ld substitutions"), 5882 sub_nsubs); 5883 if (sub_nlines == 1) 5884 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 5885 "%s", _(" on 1 line")); 5886 else 5887 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 5888 _(" on %ld lines"), (long)sub_nlines); 5889 if (msg(msg_buf)) 5890 /* save message to display it after redraw */ 5891 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); 5892 return TRUE; 5893 } 5894 if (got_int) 5895 { 5896 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 5897 return TRUE; 5898 } 5899 return FALSE; 5900 } 5901 5902 static void 5903 global_exe_one(char_u *cmd, linenr_T lnum) 5904 { 5905 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 5906 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 5907 if (*cmd == NUL || *cmd == '\n') 5908 do_cmdline((char_u *)"p", NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT); 5909 else 5910 do_cmdline(cmd, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT); 5911 } 5912 5913 /* 5914 * Execute a global command of the form: 5915 * 5916 * g/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern matches 5917 * v/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern does not match 5918 * 5919 * where 'X' is an EX command 5920 * 5921 * The command character (as well as the trailing slash) is optional, and 5922 * is assumed to be 'p' if missing. 5923 * 5924 * This is implemented in two passes: first we scan the file for the pattern and 5925 * set a mark for each line that (not) matches. Secondly we execute the command 5926 * for each line that has a mark. This is required because after deleting 5927 * lines we do not know where to search for the next match. 5928 */ 5929 void 5930 ex_global(exarg_T *eap) 5931 { 5932 linenr_T lnum; /* line number according to old situation */ 5933 int ndone = 0; 5934 int type; /* first char of cmd: 'v' or 'g' */ 5935 char_u *cmd; /* command argument */ 5936 5937 char_u delim; /* delimiter, normally '/' */ 5938 char_u *pat; 5939 regmmatch_T regmatch; 5940 int match; 5941 int which_pat; 5942 5943 /* When nesting the command works on one line. This allows for 5944 * ":g/found/v/notfound/command". */ 5945 if (global_busy && (eap->line1 != 1 5946 || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)) 5947 { 5948 /* will increment global_busy to break out of the loop */ 5949 EMSG(_("E147: Cannot do :global recursive with a range")); 5950 return; 5951 } 5952 5953 if (eap->forceit) /* ":global!" is like ":vglobal" */ 5954 type = 'v'; 5955 else 5956 type = *eap->cmd; 5957 cmd = eap->arg; 5958 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* default: use last used regexp */ 5959 5960 /* 5961 * undocumented vi feature: 5962 * "\/" and "\?": use previous search pattern. 5963 * "\&": use previous substitute pattern. 5964 */ 5965 if (*cmd == '\\') 5966 { 5967 ++cmd; 5968 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL) 5969 { 5970 EMSG(_(e_backslash)); 5971 return; 5972 } 5973 if (*cmd == '&') 5974 which_pat = RE_SUBST; /* use previous substitute pattern */ 5975 else 5976 which_pat = RE_SEARCH; /* use previous search pattern */ 5977 ++cmd; 5978 pat = (char_u *)""; 5979 } 5980 else if (*cmd == NUL) 5981 { 5982 EMSG(_("E148: Regular expression missing from global")); 5983 return; 5984 } 5985 else 5986 { 5987 delim = *cmd; /* get the delimiter */ 5988 if (delim) 5989 ++cmd; /* skip delimiter if there is one */ 5990 pat = cmd; /* remember start of pattern */ 5991 cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delim, p_magic, &eap->arg); 5992 if (cmd[0] == delim) /* end delimiter found */ 5993 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ 5994 } 5995 5996 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP /* when in Farsi mode, reverse the character flow */ 5997 if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl) 5998 lrFswap(pat,0); 5999 #endif 6000 6001 if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_BOTH, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, ®match) == FAIL) 6002 { 6003 EMSG(_(e_invcmd)); 6004 return; 6005 } 6006 6007 if (global_busy) 6008 { 6009 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6010 match = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, 6011 (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL); 6012 if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match)) 6013 global_exe_one(cmd, lnum); 6014 } 6015 else 6016 { 6017 /* 6018 * pass 1: set marks for each (not) matching line 6019 */ 6020 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2 && !got_int; ++lnum) 6021 { 6022 /* a match on this line? */ 6023 match = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, 6024 (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL); 6025 if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match)) 6026 { 6027 ml_setmarked(lnum); 6028 ndone++; 6029 } 6030 line_breakcheck(); 6031 } 6032 6033 /* 6034 * pass 2: execute the command for each line that has been marked 6035 */ 6036 if (got_int) 6037 MSG(_(e_interr)); 6038 else if (ndone == 0) 6039 { 6040 if (type == 'v') 6041 smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern found in every line: %s"), pat); 6042 else 6043 smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern not found: %s"), pat); 6044 } 6045 else 6046 { 6047 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6048 start_global_changes(); 6049 #endif 6050 global_exe(cmd); 6051 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6052 end_global_changes(); 6053 #endif 6054 } 6055 6056 ml_clearmarked(); /* clear rest of the marks */ 6057 } 6058 6059 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 6060 } 6061 6062 /* 6063 * Execute "cmd" on lines marked with ml_setmarked(). 6064 */ 6065 void 6066 global_exe(char_u *cmd) 6067 { 6068 linenr_T old_lcount; /* b_ml.ml_line_count before the command */ 6069 buf_T *old_buf = curbuf; /* remember what buffer we started in */ 6070 linenr_T lnum; /* line number according to old situation */ 6071 6072 /* 6073 * Set current position only once for a global command. 6074 * If global_busy is set, setpcmark() will not do anything. 6075 * If there is an error, global_busy will be incremented. 6076 */ 6077 setpcmark(); 6078 6079 /* When the command writes a message, don't overwrite the command. */ 6080 msg_didout = TRUE; 6081 6082 sub_nsubs = 0; 6083 sub_nlines = 0; 6084 global_need_beginline = FALSE; 6085 global_busy = 1; 6086 old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6087 while (!got_int && (lnum = ml_firstmarked()) != 0 && global_busy == 1) 6088 { 6089 global_exe_one(cmd, lnum); 6090 ui_breakcheck(); 6091 } 6092 6093 global_busy = 0; 6094 if (global_need_beginline) 6095 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 6096 else 6097 check_cursor(); /* cursor may be beyond the end of the line */ 6098 6099 /* the cursor may not have moved in the text but a change in a previous 6100 * line may move it on the screen */ 6101 changed_line_abv_curs(); 6102 6103 /* If it looks like no message was written, allow overwriting the 6104 * command with the report for number of changes. */ 6105 if (msg_col == 0 && msg_scrolled == 0) 6106 msg_didout = FALSE; 6107 6108 /* If substitutes done, report number of substitutes, otherwise report 6109 * number of extra or deleted lines. 6110 * Don't report extra or deleted lines in the edge case where the buffer 6111 * we are in after execution is different from the buffer we started in. */ 6112 if (!do_sub_msg(FALSE) && curbuf == old_buf) 6113 msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount); 6114 } 6115 6116 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO 6117 int 6118 read_viminfo_sub_string(vir_T *virp, int force) 6119 { 6120 if (force) 6121 vim_free(old_sub); 6122 if (force || old_sub == NULL) 6123 old_sub = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE); 6124 return viminfo_readline(virp); 6125 } 6126 6127 void 6128 write_viminfo_sub_string(FILE *fp) 6129 { 6130 if (get_viminfo_parameter('/') != 0 && old_sub != NULL) 6131 { 6132 fputs(_("\n# Last Substitute String:\n$"), fp); 6133 viminfo_writestring(fp, old_sub); 6134 } 6135 } 6136 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ 6137 6138 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 6139 void 6140 free_old_sub(void) 6141 { 6142 vim_free(old_sub); 6143 } 6144 #endif 6145 6146 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) || defined(PROTO) 6147 /* 6148 * Set up for a tagpreview. 6149 * Return TRUE when it was created. 6150 */ 6151 int 6152 prepare_tagpreview( 6153 int undo_sync) /* sync undo when leaving the window */ 6154 { 6155 win_T *wp; 6156 6157 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6158 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; 6159 # endif 6160 6161 /* 6162 * If there is already a preview window open, use that one. 6163 */ 6164 if (!curwin->w_p_pvw) 6165 { 6166 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6167 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6168 break; 6169 if (wp != NULL) 6170 win_enter(wp, undo_sync); 6171 else 6172 { 6173 /* 6174 * There is no preview window open yet. Create one. 6175 */ 6176 if (win_split(g_do_tagpreview > 0 ? g_do_tagpreview : 0, 0) 6177 == FAIL) 6178 return FALSE; 6179 curwin->w_p_pvw = TRUE; 6180 curwin->w_p_wfh = TRUE; 6181 RESET_BINDING(curwin); /* don't take over 'scrollbind' 6182 and 'cursorbind' */ 6183 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6184 curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE; /* no 'diff' */ 6185 # endif 6186 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6187 curwin->w_p_fdc = 0; /* no 'foldcolumn' */ 6188 # endif 6189 return TRUE; 6190 } 6191 } 6192 return FALSE; 6193 } 6194 6195 #endif 6196 6197 6198 /* 6199 * ":help": open a read-only window on a help file 6200 */ 6201 void 6202 ex_help(exarg_T *eap) 6203 { 6204 char_u *arg; 6205 char_u *tag; 6206 FILE *helpfd; /* file descriptor of help file */ 6207 int n; 6208 int i; 6209 win_T *wp; 6210 int num_matches; 6211 char_u **matches; 6212 char_u *p; 6213 int empty_fnum = 0; 6214 int alt_fnum = 0; 6215 buf_T *buf; 6216 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6217 int len; 6218 char_u *lang; 6219 #endif 6220 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6221 int old_KeyTyped = KeyTyped; 6222 #endif 6223 6224 if (eap != NULL) 6225 { 6226 /* 6227 * A ":help" command ends at the first LF, or at a '|' that is 6228 * followed by some text. Set nextcmd to the following command. 6229 */ 6230 for (arg = eap->arg; *arg; ++arg) 6231 { 6232 if (*arg == '\n' || *arg == '\r' 6233 || (*arg == '|' && arg[1] != NUL && arg[1] != '|')) 6234 { 6235 *arg++ = NUL; 6236 eap->nextcmd = arg; 6237 break; 6238 } 6239 } 6240 arg = eap->arg; 6241 6242 if (eap->forceit && *arg == NUL && !curbuf->b_help) 6243 { 6244 EMSG(_("E478: Don't panic!")); 6245 return; 6246 } 6247 6248 if (eap->skip) /* not executing commands */ 6249 return; 6250 } 6251 else 6252 arg = (char_u *)""; 6253 6254 /* remove trailing blanks */ 6255 p = arg + STRLEN(arg) - 1; 6256 while (p > arg && VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && p[-1] != '\\') 6257 *p-- = NUL; 6258 6259 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6260 /* Check for a specified language */ 6261 lang = check_help_lang(arg); 6262 #endif 6263 6264 /* When no argument given go to the index. */ 6265 if (*arg == NUL) 6266 arg = (char_u *)"help.txt"; 6267 6268 /* 6269 * Check if there is a match for the argument. 6270 */ 6271 n = find_help_tags(arg, &num_matches, &matches, 6272 eap != NULL && eap->forceit); 6273 6274 i = 0; 6275 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6276 if (n != FAIL && lang != NULL) 6277 /* Find first item with the requested language. */ 6278 for (i = 0; i < num_matches; ++i) 6279 { 6280 len = (int)STRLEN(matches[i]); 6281 if (len > 3 && matches[i][len - 3] == '@' 6282 && STRICMP(matches[i] + len - 2, lang) == 0) 6283 break; 6284 } 6285 #endif 6286 if (i >= num_matches || n == FAIL) 6287 { 6288 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6289 if (lang != NULL) 6290 EMSG3(_("E661: Sorry, no '%s' help for %s"), lang, arg); 6291 else 6292 #endif 6293 EMSG2(_("E149: Sorry, no help for %s"), arg); 6294 if (n != FAIL) 6295 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 6296 return; 6297 } 6298 6299 /* The first match (in the requested language) is the best match. */ 6300 tag = vim_strsave(matches[i]); 6301 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 6302 6303 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6304 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; 6305 #endif 6306 6307 /* 6308 * Re-use an existing help window or open a new one. 6309 * Always open a new one for ":tab help". 6310 */ 6311 if (!bt_help(curwin->w_buffer) || cmdmod.tab != 0) 6312 { 6313 if (cmdmod.tab != 0) 6314 wp = NULL; 6315 else 6316 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6317 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer)) 6318 break; 6319 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_buffer->b_nwindows > 0) 6320 win_enter(wp, TRUE); 6321 else 6322 { 6323 /* 6324 * There is no help window yet. 6325 * Try to open the file specified by the "helpfile" option. 6326 */ 6327 if ((helpfd = mch_fopen((char *)p_hf, READBIN)) == NULL) 6328 { 6329 smsg((char_u *)_("Sorry, help file \"%s\" not found"), p_hf); 6330 goto erret; 6331 } 6332 fclose(helpfd); 6333 6334 /* Split off help window; put it at far top if no position 6335 * specified, the current window is vertically split and 6336 * narrow. */ 6337 n = WSP_HELP; 6338 if (cmdmod.split == 0 && curwin->w_width != Columns 6339 && curwin->w_width < 80) 6340 n |= WSP_TOP; 6341 if (win_split(0, n) == FAIL) 6342 goto erret; 6343 6344 if (curwin->w_height < p_hh) 6345 win_setheight((int)p_hh); 6346 6347 /* 6348 * Open help file (do_ecmd() will set b_help flag, readfile() will 6349 * set b_p_ro flag). 6350 * Set the alternate file to the previously edited file. 6351 */ 6352 alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; 6353 (void)do_ecmd(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL, 6354 ECMD_HIDE + ECMD_SET_HELP, 6355 NULL); /* buffer is still open, don't store info */ 6356 if (!cmdmod.keepalt) 6357 curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum; 6358 empty_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; 6359 } 6360 } 6361 6362 if (!p_im) 6363 restart_edit = 0; /* don't want insert mode in help file */ 6364 6365 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6366 /* Restore KeyTyped, setting 'filetype=help' may reset it. 6367 * It is needed for do_tag top open folds under the cursor. */ 6368 KeyTyped = old_KeyTyped; 6369 #endif 6370 6371 if (tag != NULL) 6372 do_tag(tag, DT_HELP, 1, FALSE, TRUE); 6373 6374 /* Delete the empty buffer if we're not using it. Careful: autocommands 6375 * may have jumped to another window, check that the buffer is not in a 6376 * window. */ 6377 if (empty_fnum != 0 && curbuf->b_fnum != empty_fnum) 6378 { 6379 buf = buflist_findnr(empty_fnum); 6380 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_nwindows == 0) 6381 wipe_buffer(buf, TRUE); 6382 } 6383 6384 /* keep the previous alternate file */ 6385 if (alt_fnum != 0 && curwin->w_alt_fnum == empty_fnum && !cmdmod.keepalt) 6386 curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum; 6387 6388 erret: 6389 vim_free(tag); 6390 } 6391 6392 /* 6393 * ":helpclose": Close one help window 6394 */ 6395 void 6396 ex_helpclose(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 6397 { 6398 win_T *win; 6399 6400 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(win) 6401 { 6402 if (bt_help(win->w_buffer)) 6403 { 6404 win_close(win, FALSE); 6405 return; 6406 } 6407 } 6408 } 6409 6410 #if defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG) || defined(PROTO) 6411 /* 6412 * In an argument search for a language specifiers in the form "@xx". 6413 * Changes the "@" to NUL if found, and returns a pointer to "xx". 6414 * Returns NULL if not found. 6415 */ 6416 char_u * 6417 check_help_lang(char_u *arg) 6418 { 6419 int len = (int)STRLEN(arg); 6420 6421 if (len >= 3 && arg[len - 3] == '@' && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 2]) 6422 && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 1])) 6423 { 6424 arg[len - 3] = NUL; /* remove the '@' */ 6425 return arg + len - 2; 6426 } 6427 return NULL; 6428 } 6429 #endif 6430 6431 /* 6432 * Return a heuristic indicating how well the given string matches. The 6433 * smaller the number, the better the match. This is the order of priorities, 6434 * from best match to worst match: 6435 * - Match with least alpha-numeric characters is better. 6436 * - Match with least total characters is better. 6437 * - Match towards the start is better. 6438 * - Match starting with "+" is worse (feature instead of command) 6439 * Assumption is made that the matched_string passed has already been found to 6440 * match some string for which help is requested. webb. 6441 */ 6442 int 6443 help_heuristic( 6444 char_u *matched_string, 6445 int offset, /* offset for match */ 6446 int wrong_case) /* no matching case */ 6447 { 6448 int num_letters; 6449 char_u *p; 6450 6451 num_letters = 0; 6452 for (p = matched_string; *p; p++) 6453 if (ASCII_ISALNUM(*p)) 6454 num_letters++; 6455 6456 /* 6457 * Multiply the number of letters by 100 to give it a much bigger 6458 * weighting than the number of characters. 6459 * If there only is a match while ignoring case, add 5000. 6460 * If the match starts in the middle of a word, add 10000 to put it 6461 * somewhere in the last half. 6462 * If the match is more than 2 chars from the start, multiply by 200 to 6463 * put it after matches at the start. 6464 */ 6465 if (ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset]) && offset > 0 6466 && ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset - 1])) 6467 offset += 10000; 6468 else if (offset > 2) 6469 offset *= 200; 6470 if (wrong_case) 6471 offset += 5000; 6472 /* Features are less interesting than the subjects themselves, but "+" 6473 * alone is not a feature. */ 6474 if (matched_string[0] == '+' && matched_string[1] != NUL) 6475 offset += 100; 6476 return (int)(100 * num_letters + STRLEN(matched_string) + offset); 6477 } 6478 6479 /* 6480 * Compare functions for qsort() below, that checks the help heuristics number 6481 * that has been put after the tagname by find_tags(). 6482 */ 6483 static int 6484 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 6485 _RTLENTRYF 6486 #endif 6487 help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2) 6488 { 6489 char *p1; 6490 char *p2; 6491 6492 p1 = *(char **)s1 + strlen(*(char **)s1) + 1; 6493 p2 = *(char **)s2 + strlen(*(char **)s2) + 1; 6494 return strcmp(p1, p2); 6495 } 6496 6497 /* 6498 * Find all help tags matching "arg", sort them and return in matches[], with 6499 * the number of matches in num_matches. 6500 * The matches will be sorted with a "best" match algorithm. 6501 * When "keep_lang" is TRUE try keeping the language of the current buffer. 6502 */ 6503 int 6504 find_help_tags( 6505 char_u *arg, 6506 int *num_matches, 6507 char_u ***matches, 6508 int keep_lang) 6509 { 6510 char_u *s, *d; 6511 int i; 6512 static char *(mtable[]) = {"*", "g*", "[*", "]*", ":*", 6513 "/*", "/\\*", "\"*", "**", 6514 "cpo-*", "/\\(\\)", "/\\%(\\)", 6515 "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??", 6516 "/\\?", "/\\z(\\)", "\\=", ":s\\=", 6517 "[count]", "[quotex]", 6518 "[range]", ":[range]", 6519 "[pattern]", "\\|", "\\%$", 6520 "s/\\~", "s/\\U", "s/\\L", 6521 "s/\\1", "s/\\2", "s/\\3", "s/\\9"}; 6522 static char *(rtable[]) = {"star", "gstar", "[star", "]star", ":star", 6523 "/star", "/\\\\star", "quotestar", "starstar", 6524 "cpo-star", "/\\\\(\\\\)", "/\\\\%(\\\\)", 6525 "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??", 6526 "/\\\\?", "/\\\\z(\\\\)", "\\\\=", ":s\\\\=", 6527 "\\[count]", "\\[quotex]", 6528 "\\[range]", ":\\[range]", 6529 "\\[pattern]", "\\\\bar", "/\\\\%\\$", 6530 "s/\\\\\\~", "s/\\\\U", "s/\\\\L", 6531 "s/\\\\1", "s/\\\\2", "s/\\\\3", "s/\\\\9"}; 6532 int flags; 6533 6534 d = IObuff; /* assume IObuff is long enough! */ 6535 6536 /* 6537 * Recognize a few exceptions to the rule. Some strings that contain '*' 6538 * with "star". Otherwise '*' is recognized as a wildcard. 6539 */ 6540 for (i = (int)(sizeof(mtable) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; ) 6541 if (STRCMP(arg, mtable[i]) == 0) 6542 { 6543 STRCPY(d, rtable[i]); 6544 break; 6545 } 6546 6547 if (i < 0) /* no match in table */ 6548 { 6549 /* Replace "\S" with "/\\S", etc. Otherwise every tag is matched. 6550 * Also replace "\%^" and "\%(", they match every tag too. 6551 * Also "\zs", "\z1", etc. 6552 * Also "\@<", "\@=", "\@<=", etc. 6553 * And also "\_$" and "\_^". */ 6554 if (arg[0] == '\\' 6555 && ((arg[1] != NUL && arg[2] == NUL) 6556 || (vim_strchr((char_u *)"%_z@", arg[1]) != NULL 6557 && arg[2] != NUL))) 6558 { 6559 STRCPY(d, "/\\\\"); 6560 STRCPY(d + 3, arg + 1); 6561 /* Check for "/\\_$", should be "/\\_\$" */ 6562 if (d[3] == '_' && d[4] == '$') 6563 STRCPY(d + 4, "\\$"); 6564 } 6565 else 6566 { 6567 /* Replace: 6568 * "[:...:]" with "\[:...:]" 6569 * "[++...]" with "\[++...]" 6570 * "\{" with "\\{" -- matching "} \}" 6571 */ 6572 if ((arg[0] == '[' && (arg[1] == ':' 6573 || (arg[1] == '+' && arg[2] == '+'))) 6574 || (arg[0] == '\\' && arg[1] == '{')) 6575 *d++ = '\\'; 6576 6577 /* 6578 * If tag starts with "('", skip the "(". Fixes CTRL-] on ('option'. 6579 */ 6580 if (*arg == '(' && arg[1] == '\'') 6581 arg++; 6582 for (s = arg; *s; ++s) 6583 { 6584 /* 6585 * Replace "|" with "bar" and '"' with "quote" to match the name of 6586 * the tags for these commands. 6587 * Replace "*" with ".*" and "?" with "." to match command line 6588 * completion. 6589 * Insert a backslash before '~', '$' and '.' to avoid their 6590 * special meaning. 6591 */ 6592 if (d - IObuff > IOSIZE - 10) /* getting too long!? */ 6593 break; 6594 switch (*s) 6595 { 6596 case '|': STRCPY(d, "bar"); 6597 d += 3; 6598 continue; 6599 case '"': STRCPY(d, "quote"); 6600 d += 5; 6601 continue; 6602 case '*': *d++ = '.'; 6603 break; 6604 case '?': *d++ = '.'; 6605 continue; 6606 case '$': 6607 case '.': 6608 case '~': *d++ = '\\'; 6609 break; 6610 } 6611 6612 /* 6613 * Replace "^x" by "CTRL-X". Don't do this for "^_" to make 6614 * ":help i_^_CTRL-D" work. 6615 * Insert '-' before and after "CTRL-X" when applicable. 6616 */ 6617 if (*s < ' ' || (*s == '^' && s[1] && (ASCII_ISALPHA(s[1]) 6618 || vim_strchr((char_u *)"?@[\\]^", s[1]) != NULL))) 6619 { 6620 if (d > IObuff && d[-1] != '_' && d[-1] != '\\') 6621 *d++ = '_'; /* prepend a '_' to make x_CTRL-x */ 6622 STRCPY(d, "CTRL-"); 6623 d += 5; 6624 if (*s < ' ') 6625 { 6626 #ifdef EBCDIC 6627 *d++ = CtrlChar(*s); 6628 #else 6629 *d++ = *s + '@'; 6630 #endif 6631 if (d[-1] == '\\') 6632 *d++ = '\\'; /* double a backslash */ 6633 } 6634 else 6635 *d++ = *++s; 6636 if (s[1] != NUL && s[1] != '_') 6637 *d++ = '_'; /* append a '_' */ 6638 continue; 6639 } 6640 else if (*s == '^') /* "^" or "CTRL-^" or "^_" */ 6641 *d++ = '\\'; 6642 6643 /* 6644 * Insert a backslash before a backslash after a slash, for search 6645 * pattern tags: "/\|" --> "/\\|". 6646 */ 6647 else if (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != '\\' 6648 && *arg == '/' && s == arg + 1) 6649 *d++ = '\\'; 6650 6651 /* "CTRL-\_" -> "CTRL-\\_" to avoid the special meaning of "\_" in 6652 * "CTRL-\_CTRL-N" */ 6653 if (STRNICMP(s, "CTRL-\\_", 7) == 0) 6654 { 6655 STRCPY(d, "CTRL-\\\\"); 6656 d += 7; 6657 s += 6; 6658 } 6659 6660 *d++ = *s; 6661 6662 /* 6663 * If tag contains "({" or "([", tag terminates at the "(". 6664 * This is for help on functions, e.g.: abs({expr}). 6665 */ 6666 if (*s == '(' && (s[1] == '{' || s[1] =='[')) 6667 break; 6668 6669 /* 6670 * If tag starts with ', toss everything after a second '. Fixes 6671 * CTRL-] on 'option'. (would include the trailing '.'). 6672 */ 6673 if (*s == '\'' && s > arg && *arg == '\'') 6674 break; 6675 /* Also '{' and '}'. */ 6676 if (*s == '}' && s > arg && *arg == '{') 6677 break; 6678 } 6679 *d = NUL; 6680 6681 if (*IObuff == '`') 6682 { 6683 if (d > IObuff + 2 && d[-1] == '`') 6684 { 6685 /* remove the backticks from `command` */ 6686 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); 6687 d[-2] = NUL; 6688 } 6689 else if (d > IObuff + 3 && d[-2] == '`' && d[-1] == ',') 6690 { 6691 /* remove the backticks and comma from `command`, */ 6692 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); 6693 d[-3] = NUL; 6694 } 6695 else if (d > IObuff + 4 && d[-3] == '`' 6696 && d[-2] == '\\' && d[-1] == '.') 6697 { 6698 /* remove the backticks and dot from `command`\. */ 6699 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); 6700 d[-4] = NUL; 6701 } 6702 } 6703 } 6704 } 6705 6706 *matches = (char_u **)""; 6707 *num_matches = 0; 6708 flags = TAG_HELP | TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_VERBOSE; 6709 if (keep_lang) 6710 flags |= TAG_KEEP_LANG; 6711 if (find_tags(IObuff, num_matches, matches, flags, (int)MAXCOL, NULL) == OK 6712 && *num_matches > 0) 6713 { 6714 /* Sort the matches found on the heuristic number that is after the 6715 * tag name. */ 6716 qsort((void *)*matches, (size_t)*num_matches, 6717 sizeof(char_u *), help_compare); 6718 /* Delete more than TAG_MANY to reduce the size of the listing. */ 6719 while (*num_matches > TAG_MANY) 6720 vim_free((*matches)[--*num_matches]); 6721 } 6722 return OK; 6723 } 6724 6725 /* 6726 * Called when starting to edit a buffer for a help file. 6727 */ 6728 static void 6729 prepare_help_buffer(void) 6730 { 6731 char_u *p; 6732 6733 curbuf->b_help = TRUE; 6734 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6735 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"buftype", -1, 6736 (char_u *)"help", OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); 6737 #endif 6738 6739 /* 6740 * Always set these options after jumping to a help tag, because the 6741 * user may have an autocommand that gets in the way. 6742 * Accept all ASCII chars for keywords, except ' ', '*', '"', '|', and 6743 * latin1 word characters (for translated help files). 6744 * Only set it when needed, buf_init_chartab() is some work. 6745 */ 6746 p = 6747 #ifdef EBCDIC 6748 (char_u *)"65-255,^*,^|,^\""; 6749 #else 6750 (char_u *)"!-~,^*,^|,^\",192-255"; 6751 #endif 6752 if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_isk, p) != 0) 6753 { 6754 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"isk", -1, p, OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); 6755 check_buf_options(curbuf); 6756 (void)buf_init_chartab(curbuf, FALSE); 6757 } 6758 6759 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6760 /* Don't use the global foldmethod.*/ 6761 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"fdm", -1, (char_u *)"manual", 6762 OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); 6763 #endif 6764 6765 curbuf->b_p_ts = 8; /* 'tabstop' is 8 */ 6766 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; /* no list mode */ 6767 6768 curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE; /* not modifiable */ 6769 curbuf->b_p_bin = FALSE; /* reset 'bin' before reading file */ 6770 curwin->w_p_nu = 0; /* no line numbers */ 6771 curwin->w_p_rnu = 0; /* no relative line numbers */ 6772 RESET_BINDING(curwin); /* no scroll or cursor binding */ 6773 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 6774 curwin->w_p_arab = FALSE; /* no arabic mode */ 6775 #endif 6776 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6777 curwin->w_p_rl = FALSE; /* help window is left-to-right */ 6778 #endif 6779 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6780 curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE; /* No folding in the help window */ 6781 #endif 6782 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6783 curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE; /* No 'diff' */ 6784 #endif 6785 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6786 curwin->w_p_spell = FALSE; /* No spell checking */ 6787 #endif 6788 6789 set_buflisted(FALSE); 6790 } 6791 6792 /* 6793 * After reading a help file: May cleanup a help buffer when syntax 6794 * highlighting is not used. 6795 */ 6796 void 6797 fix_help_buffer(void) 6798 { 6799 linenr_T lnum; 6800 char_u *line; 6801 int in_example = FALSE; 6802 int len; 6803 char_u *fname; 6804 char_u *p; 6805 char_u *rt; 6806 int mustfree; 6807 6808 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 6809 /* Set filetype to "help" if still needed. */ 6810 if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_ft, "help") != 0) 6811 { 6812 ++curbuf_lock; 6813 set_option_value((char_u *)"ft", 0L, (char_u *)"help", OPT_LOCAL); 6814 --curbuf_lock; 6815 } 6816 #endif 6817 6818 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 6819 if (!syntax_present(curwin)) 6820 #endif 6821 { 6822 for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) 6823 { 6824 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE); 6825 len = (int)STRLEN(line); 6826 if (in_example && len > 0 && !VIM_ISWHITE(line[0])) 6827 { 6828 /* End of example: non-white or '<' in first column. */ 6829 if (line[0] == '<') 6830 { 6831 /* blank-out a '<' in the first column */ 6832 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); 6833 line[0] = ' '; 6834 } 6835 in_example = FALSE; 6836 } 6837 if (!in_example && len > 0) 6838 { 6839 if (line[len - 1] == '>' && (len == 1 || line[len - 2] == ' ')) 6840 { 6841 /* blank-out a '>' in the last column (start of example) */ 6842 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); 6843 line[len - 1] = ' '; 6844 in_example = TRUE; 6845 } 6846 else if (line[len - 1] == '~') 6847 { 6848 /* blank-out a '~' at the end of line (header marker) */ 6849 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); 6850 line[len - 1] = ' '; 6851 } 6852 } 6853 } 6854 } 6855 6856 /* 6857 * In the "help.txt" and "help.abx" file, add the locally added help 6858 * files. This uses the very first line in the help file. 6859 */ 6860 fname = gettail(curbuf->b_fname); 6861 if (fnamecmp(fname, "help.txt") == 0 6862 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6863 || (fnamencmp(fname, "help.", 5) == 0 6864 && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[5]) 6865 && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[6]) 6866 && TOLOWER_ASC(fname[7]) == 'x' 6867 && fname[8] == NUL) 6868 #endif 6869 ) 6870 { 6871 for (lnum = 1; lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) 6872 { 6873 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE); 6874 if (strstr((char *)line, "*local-additions*") == NULL) 6875 continue; 6876 6877 /* Go through all directories in 'runtimepath', skipping 6878 * $VIMRUNTIME. */ 6879 p = p_rtp; 6880 while (*p != NUL) 6881 { 6882 copy_option_part(&p, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, ","); 6883 mustfree = FALSE; 6884 rt = vim_getenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", &mustfree); 6885 if (fullpathcmp(rt, NameBuff, FALSE) != FPC_SAME) 6886 { 6887 int fcount; 6888 char_u **fnames; 6889 FILE *fd; 6890 char_u *s; 6891 int fi; 6892 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6893 vimconv_T vc; 6894 char_u *cp; 6895 #endif 6896 6897 /* Find all "doc/ *.txt" files in this directory. */ 6898 add_pathsep(NameBuff); 6899 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6900 STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.??[tx]"); 6901 #else 6902 STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.txt"); 6903 #endif 6904 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &fcount, 6905 &fnames, EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == OK 6906 && fcount > 0) 6907 { 6908 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6909 int i1; 6910 int i2; 6911 char_u *f1; 6912 char_u *f2; 6913 char_u *t1; 6914 char_u *e1; 6915 char_u *e2; 6916 6917 /* If foo.abx is found use it instead of foo.txt in 6918 * the same directory. */ 6919 for (i1 = 0; i1 < fcount; ++i1) 6920 { 6921 for (i2 = 0; i2 < fcount; ++i2) 6922 { 6923 if (i1 == i2) 6924 continue; 6925 if (fnames[i1] == NULL || fnames[i2] == NULL) 6926 continue; 6927 f1 = fnames[i1]; 6928 f2 = fnames[i2]; 6929 t1 = gettail(f1); 6930 if (fnamencmp(f1, f2, t1 - f1) != 0) 6931 continue; 6932 e1 = vim_strrchr(t1, '.'); 6933 e2 = vim_strrchr(gettail(f2), '.'); 6934 if (e1 == NULL || e2 == NULL) 6935 continue; 6936 if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") != 0 6937 && fnamecmp(e1, fname + 4) != 0) 6938 { 6939 /* Not .txt and not .abx, remove it. */ 6940 vim_free(fnames[i1]); 6941 fnames[i1] = NULL; 6942 continue; 6943 } 6944 if (fnamencmp(f1, f2, e1 - f1) != 0) 6945 continue; 6946 if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") == 0 6947 && fnamecmp(e2, fname + 4) == 0) 6948 { 6949 /* use .abx instead of .txt */ 6950 vim_free(fnames[i1]); 6951 fnames[i1] = NULL; 6952 } 6953 } 6954 } 6955 #endif 6956 for (fi = 0; fi < fcount; ++fi) 6957 { 6958 if (fnames[fi] == NULL) 6959 continue; 6960 fd = mch_fopen((char *)fnames[fi], "r"); 6961 if (fd != NULL) 6962 { 6963 vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd); 6964 if (IObuff[0] == '*' 6965 && (s = vim_strchr(IObuff + 1, '*')) 6966 != NULL) 6967 { 6968 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6969 int this_utf = MAYBE; 6970 #endif 6971 /* Change tag definition to a 6972 * reference and remove <CR>/<NL>. */ 6973 IObuff[0] = '|'; 6974 *s = '|'; 6975 while (*s != NUL) 6976 { 6977 if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n') 6978 *s = NUL; 6979 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6980 /* The text is utf-8 when a byte 6981 * above 127 is found and no 6982 * illegal byte sequence is found. 6983 */ 6984 if (*s >= 0x80 && this_utf != FALSE) 6985 { 6986 int l; 6987 6988 this_utf = TRUE; 6989 l = utf_ptr2len(s); 6990 if (l == 1) 6991 this_utf = FALSE; 6992 s += l - 1; 6993 } 6994 #endif 6995 ++s; 6996 } 6997 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6998 /* The help file is latin1 or utf-8; 6999 * conversion to the current 7000 * 'encoding' may be required. */ 7001 vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE; 7002 convert_setup(&vc, (char_u *)( 7003 this_utf == TRUE ? "utf-8" 7004 : "latin1"), p_enc); 7005 if (vc.vc_type == CONV_NONE) 7006 /* No conversion needed. */ 7007 cp = IObuff; 7008 else 7009 { 7010 /* Do the conversion. If it fails 7011 * use the unconverted text. */ 7012 cp = string_convert(&vc, IObuff, 7013 NULL); 7014 if (cp == NULL) 7015 cp = IObuff; 7016 } 7017 convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL); 7018 7019 ml_append(lnum, cp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 7020 if (cp != IObuff) 7021 vim_free(cp); 7022 #else 7023 ml_append(lnum, IObuff, (colnr_T)0, 7024 FALSE); 7025 #endif 7026 ++lnum; 7027 } 7028 fclose(fd); 7029 } 7030 } 7031 FreeWild(fcount, fnames); 7032 } 7033 } 7034 if (mustfree) 7035 vim_free(rt); 7036 } 7037 break; 7038 } 7039 } 7040 } 7041 7042 /* 7043 * ":exusage" 7044 */ 7045 void 7046 ex_exusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 7047 { 7048 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help ex-cmd-index"); 7049 } 7050 7051 /* 7052 * ":viusage" 7053 */ 7054 void 7055 ex_viusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 7056 { 7057 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help normal-index"); 7058 } 7059 7060 /* 7061 * Generate tags in one help directory. 7062 */ 7063 static void 7064 helptags_one( 7065 char_u *dir, /* doc directory */ 7066 char_u *ext, /* suffix, ".txt", ".itx", ".frx", etc. */ 7067 char_u *tagfname, /* "tags" for English, "tags-fr" for French. */ 7068 int add_help_tags) /* add "help-tags" tag */ 7069 { 7070 FILE *fd_tags; 7071 FILE *fd; 7072 garray_T ga; 7073 int filecount; 7074 char_u **files; 7075 char_u *p1, *p2; 7076 int fi; 7077 char_u *s; 7078 int i; 7079 char_u *fname; 7080 int dirlen; 7081 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7082 int utf8 = MAYBE; 7083 int this_utf8; 7084 int firstline; 7085 int mix = FALSE; /* detected mixed encodings */ 7086 # endif 7087 7088 /* 7089 * Find all *.txt files. 7090 */ 7091 dirlen = (int)STRLEN(dir); 7092 STRCPY(NameBuff, dir); 7093 STRCAT(NameBuff, "/**/*"); 7094 STRCAT(NameBuff, ext); 7095 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files, 7096 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL 7097 || filecount == 0) 7098 { 7099 if (!got_int) 7100 EMSG2(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff); 7101 return; 7102 } 7103 7104 /* 7105 * Open the tags file for writing. 7106 * Do this before scanning through all the files. 7107 */ 7108 STRCPY(NameBuff, dir); 7109 add_pathsep(NameBuff); 7110 STRCAT(NameBuff, tagfname); 7111 fd_tags = mch_fopen((char *)NameBuff, "w"); 7112 if (fd_tags == NULL) 7113 { 7114 EMSG2(_("E152: Cannot open %s for writing"), NameBuff); 7115 FreeWild(filecount, files); 7116 return; 7117 } 7118 7119 /* 7120 * If using the "++t" argument or generating tags for "$VIMRUNTIME/doc" 7121 * add the "help-tags" tag. 7122 */ 7123 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100); 7124 if (add_help_tags || fullpathcmp((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/doc", 7125 dir, FALSE) == FPC_SAME) 7126 { 7127 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL) 7128 got_int = TRUE; 7129 else 7130 { 7131 s = alloc(18 + (unsigned)STRLEN(tagfname)); 7132 if (s == NULL) 7133 got_int = TRUE; 7134 else 7135 { 7136 sprintf((char *)s, "help-tags\t%s\t1\n", tagfname); 7137 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s; 7138 ++ga.ga_len; 7139 } 7140 } 7141 } 7142 7143 /* 7144 * Go over all the files and extract the tags. 7145 */ 7146 for (fi = 0; fi < filecount && !got_int; ++fi) 7147 { 7148 fd = mch_fopen((char *)files[fi], "r"); 7149 if (fd == NULL) 7150 { 7151 EMSG2(_("E153: Unable to open %s for reading"), files[fi]); 7152 continue; 7153 } 7154 fname = files[fi] + dirlen + 1; 7155 7156 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7157 firstline = TRUE; 7158 # endif 7159 while (!vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd) && !got_int) 7160 { 7161 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7162 if (firstline) 7163 { 7164 /* Detect utf-8 file by a non-ASCII char in the first line. */ 7165 this_utf8 = MAYBE; 7166 for (s = IObuff; *s != NUL; ++s) 7167 if (*s >= 0x80) 7168 { 7169 int l; 7170 7171 this_utf8 = TRUE; 7172 l = utf_ptr2len(s); 7173 if (l == 1) 7174 { 7175 /* Illegal UTF-8 byte sequence. */ 7176 this_utf8 = FALSE; 7177 break; 7178 } 7179 s += l - 1; 7180 } 7181 if (this_utf8 == MAYBE) /* only ASCII characters found */ 7182 this_utf8 = FALSE; 7183 if (utf8 == MAYBE) /* first file */ 7184 utf8 = this_utf8; 7185 else if (utf8 != this_utf8) 7186 { 7187 EMSG2(_("E670: Mix of help file encodings within a language: %s"), files[fi]); 7188 mix = !got_int; 7189 got_int = TRUE; 7190 } 7191 firstline = FALSE; 7192 } 7193 # endif 7194 p1 = vim_strchr(IObuff, '*'); /* find first '*' */ 7195 while (p1 != NULL) 7196 { 7197 /* Use vim_strbyte() instead of vim_strchr() so that when 7198 * 'encoding' is dbcs it still works, don't find '*' in the 7199 * second byte. */ 7200 p2 = vim_strbyte(p1 + 1, '*'); /* find second '*' */ 7201 if (p2 != NULL && p2 > p1 + 1) /* skip "*" and "**" */ 7202 { 7203 for (s = p1 + 1; s < p2; ++s) 7204 if (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '|') 7205 break; 7206 7207 /* 7208 * Only accept a *tag* when it consists of valid 7209 * characters, there is white space before it and is 7210 * followed by a white character or end-of-line. 7211 */ 7212 if (s == p2 7213 && (p1 == IObuff || p1[-1] == ' ' || p1[-1] == '\t') 7214 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)" \t\n\r", s[1]) != NULL 7215 || s[1] == '\0')) 7216 { 7217 *p2 = '\0'; 7218 ++p1; 7219 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL) 7220 { 7221 got_int = TRUE; 7222 break; 7223 } 7224 s = alloc((unsigned)(p2 - p1 + STRLEN(fname) + 2)); 7225 if (s == NULL) 7226 { 7227 got_int = TRUE; 7228 break; 7229 } 7230 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s; 7231 ++ga.ga_len; 7232 sprintf((char *)s, "%s\t%s", p1, fname); 7233 7234 /* find next '*' */ 7235 p2 = vim_strchr(p2 + 1, '*'); 7236 } 7237 } 7238 p1 = p2; 7239 } 7240 line_breakcheck(); 7241 } 7242 7243 fclose(fd); 7244 } 7245 7246 FreeWild(filecount, files); 7247 7248 if (!got_int) 7249 { 7250 /* 7251 * Sort the tags. 7252 */ 7253 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 7254 sort_strings((char_u **)ga.ga_data, ga.ga_len); 7255 7256 /* 7257 * Check for duplicates. 7258 */ 7259 for (i = 1; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) 7260 { 7261 p1 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i - 1]; 7262 p2 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]; 7263 while (*p1 == *p2) 7264 { 7265 if (*p2 == '\t') 7266 { 7267 *p2 = NUL; 7268 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, 7269 _("E154: Duplicate tag \"%s\" in file %s/%s"), 7270 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i], dir, p2 + 1); 7271 EMSG(NameBuff); 7272 *p2 = '\t'; 7273 break; 7274 } 7275 ++p1; 7276 ++p2; 7277 } 7278 } 7279 7280 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7281 if (utf8 == TRUE) 7282 fprintf(fd_tags, "!_TAG_FILE_ENCODING\tutf-8\t//\n"); 7283 # endif 7284 7285 /* 7286 * Write the tags into the file. 7287 */ 7288 for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) 7289 { 7290 s = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]; 7291 if (STRNCMP(s, "help-tags\t", 10) == 0) 7292 /* help-tags entry was added in formatted form */ 7293 fputs((char *)s, fd_tags); 7294 else 7295 { 7296 fprintf(fd_tags, "%s\t/*", s); 7297 for (p1 = s; *p1 != '\t'; ++p1) 7298 { 7299 /* insert backslash before '\\' and '/' */ 7300 if (*p1 == '\\' || *p1 == '/') 7301 putc('\\', fd_tags); 7302 putc(*p1, fd_tags); 7303 } 7304 fprintf(fd_tags, "*\n"); 7305 } 7306 } 7307 } 7308 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7309 if (mix) 7310 got_int = FALSE; /* continue with other languages */ 7311 #endif 7312 7313 for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) 7314 vim_free(((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]); 7315 ga_clear(&ga); 7316 fclose(fd_tags); /* there is no check for an error... */ 7317 } 7318 7319 /* 7320 * Generate tags in one help directory, taking care of translations. 7321 */ 7322 static void 7323 do_helptags(char_u *dirname, int add_help_tags) 7324 { 7325 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 7326 int len; 7327 int i, j; 7328 garray_T ga; 7329 char_u lang[2]; 7330 char_u ext[5]; 7331 char_u fname[8]; 7332 int filecount; 7333 char_u **files; 7334 7335 /* Get a list of all files in the help directory and in subdirectories. */ 7336 STRCPY(NameBuff, dirname); 7337 add_pathsep(NameBuff); 7338 STRCAT(NameBuff, "**"); 7339 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files, 7340 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL 7341 || filecount == 0) 7342 { 7343 EMSG2(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff); 7344 return; 7345 } 7346 7347 /* Go over all files in the directory to find out what languages are 7348 * present. */ 7349 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 10); 7350 for (i = 0; i < filecount; ++i) 7351 { 7352 len = (int)STRLEN(files[i]); 7353 if (len > 4) 7354 { 7355 if (STRICMP(files[i] + len - 4, ".txt") == 0) 7356 { 7357 /* ".txt" -> language "en" */ 7358 lang[0] = 'e'; 7359 lang[1] = 'n'; 7360 } 7361 else if (files[i][len - 4] == '.' 7362 && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 3]) 7363 && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 2]) 7364 && TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 1]) == 'x') 7365 { 7366 /* ".abx" -> language "ab" */ 7367 lang[0] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 3]); 7368 lang[1] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 2]); 7369 } 7370 else 7371 continue; 7372 7373 /* Did we find this language already? */ 7374 for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2) 7375 if (STRNCMP(lang, ((char_u *)ga.ga_data) + j, 2) == 0) 7376 break; 7377 if (j == ga.ga_len) 7378 { 7379 /* New language, add it. */ 7380 if (ga_grow(&ga, 2) == FAIL) 7381 break; 7382 ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[0]; 7383 ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[1]; 7384 } 7385 } 7386 } 7387 7388 /* 7389 * Loop over the found languages to generate a tags file for each one. 7390 */ 7391 for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2) 7392 { 7393 STRCPY(fname, "tags-xx"); 7394 fname[5] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j]; 7395 fname[6] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j + 1]; 7396 if (fname[5] == 'e' && fname[6] == 'n') 7397 { 7398 /* English is an exception: use ".txt" and "tags". */ 7399 fname[4] = NUL; 7400 STRCPY(ext, ".txt"); 7401 } 7402 else 7403 { 7404 /* Language "ab" uses ".abx" and "tags-ab". */ 7405 STRCPY(ext, ".xxx"); 7406 ext[1] = fname[5]; 7407 ext[2] = fname[6]; 7408 } 7409 helptags_one(dirname, ext, fname, add_help_tags); 7410 } 7411 7412 ga_clear(&ga); 7413 FreeWild(filecount, files); 7414 7415 #else 7416 /* No language support, just use "*.txt" and "tags". */ 7417 helptags_one(dirname, (char_u *)".txt", (char_u *)"tags", add_help_tags); 7418 #endif 7419 } 7420 7421 static void 7422 helptags_cb(char_u *fname, void *cookie) 7423 { 7424 do_helptags(fname, *(int *)cookie); 7425 } 7426 7427 /* 7428 * ":helptags" 7429 */ 7430 void 7431 ex_helptags(exarg_T *eap) 7432 { 7433 expand_T xpc; 7434 char_u *dirname; 7435 int add_help_tags = FALSE; 7436 7437 /* Check for ":helptags ++t {dir}". */ 7438 if (STRNCMP(eap->arg, "++t", 3) == 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(eap->arg[3])) 7439 { 7440 add_help_tags = TRUE; 7441 eap->arg = skipwhite(eap->arg + 3); 7442 } 7443 7444 if (STRCMP(eap->arg, "ALL") == 0) 7445 { 7446 do_in_path(p_rtp, (char_u *)"doc", DIP_ALL + DIP_DIR, 7447 helptags_cb, &add_help_tags); 7448 } 7449 else 7450 { 7451 ExpandInit(&xpc); 7452 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_DIRECTORIES; 7453 dirname = ExpandOne(&xpc, eap->arg, NULL, 7454 WILD_LIST_NOTFOUND|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); 7455 if (dirname == NULL || !mch_isdir(dirname)) 7456 EMSG2(_("E150: Not a directory: %s"), eap->arg); 7457 else 7458 do_helptags(dirname, add_help_tags); 7459 vim_free(dirname); 7460 } 7461 } 7462 7463 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 7464 7465 /* 7466 * Struct to hold the sign properties. 7467 */ 7468 typedef struct sign sign_T; 7469 7470 struct sign 7471 { 7472 sign_T *sn_next; /* next sign in list */ 7473 int sn_typenr; /* type number of sign */ 7474 char_u *sn_name; /* name of sign */ 7475 char_u *sn_icon; /* name of pixmap */ 7476 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 7477 void *sn_image; /* icon image */ 7478 # endif 7479 char_u *sn_text; /* text used instead of pixmap */ 7480 int sn_line_hl; /* highlight ID for line */ 7481 int sn_text_hl; /* highlight ID for text */ 7482 }; 7483 7484 static sign_T *first_sign = NULL; 7485 static int next_sign_typenr = 1; 7486 7487 static int sign_cmd_idx(char_u *begin_cmd, char_u *end_cmd); 7488 static void sign_list_defined(sign_T *sp); 7489 static void sign_undefine(sign_T *sp, sign_T *sp_prev); 7490 7491 static char *cmds[] = { 7492 "define", 7493 # define SIGNCMD_DEFINE 0 7494 "undefine", 7495 # define SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE 1 7496 "list", 7497 # define SIGNCMD_LIST 2 7498 "place", 7499 # define SIGNCMD_PLACE 3 7500 "unplace", 7501 # define SIGNCMD_UNPLACE 4 7502 "jump", 7503 # define SIGNCMD_JUMP 5 7504 NULL 7505 # define SIGNCMD_LAST 6 7506 }; 7507 7508 /* 7509 * Find index of a ":sign" subcmd from its name. 7510 * "*end_cmd" must be writable. 7511 */ 7512 static int 7513 sign_cmd_idx( 7514 char_u *begin_cmd, /* begin of sign subcmd */ 7515 char_u *end_cmd) /* just after sign subcmd */ 7516 { 7517 int idx; 7518 char save = *end_cmd; 7519 7520 *end_cmd = NUL; 7521 for (idx = 0; ; ++idx) 7522 if (cmds[idx] == NULL || STRCMP(begin_cmd, cmds[idx]) == 0) 7523 break; 7524 *end_cmd = save; 7525 return idx; 7526 } 7527 7528 /* 7529 * ":sign" command 7530 */ 7531 void 7532 ex_sign(exarg_T *eap) 7533 { 7534 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 7535 char_u *p; 7536 int idx; 7537 sign_T *sp; 7538 sign_T *sp_prev; 7539 buf_T *buf; 7540 7541 /* Parse the subcommand. */ 7542 p = skiptowhite(arg); 7543 idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, p); 7544 if (idx == SIGNCMD_LAST) 7545 { 7546 EMSG2(_("E160: Unknown sign command: %s"), arg); 7547 return; 7548 } 7549 arg = skipwhite(p); 7550 7551 if (idx <= SIGNCMD_LIST) 7552 { 7553 /* 7554 * Define, undefine or list signs. 7555 */ 7556 if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST && *arg == NUL) 7557 { 7558 /* ":sign list": list all defined signs */ 7559 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL && !got_int; sp = sp->sn_next) 7560 sign_list_defined(sp); 7561 } 7562 else if (*arg == NUL) 7563 EMSG(_("E156: Missing sign name")); 7564 else 7565 { 7566 /* Isolate the sign name. If it's a number skip leading zeroes, 7567 * so that "099" and "99" are the same sign. But keep "0". */ 7568 p = skiptowhite(arg); 7569 if (*p != NUL) 7570 *p++ = NUL; 7571 while (arg[0] == '0' && arg[1] != NUL) 7572 ++arg; 7573 7574 sp_prev = NULL; 7575 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 7576 { 7577 if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, arg) == 0) 7578 break; 7579 sp_prev = sp; 7580 } 7581 if (idx == SIGNCMD_DEFINE) 7582 { 7583 /* ":sign define {name} ...": define a sign */ 7584 if (sp == NULL) 7585 { 7586 sign_T *lp; 7587 int start = next_sign_typenr; 7588 7589 /* Allocate a new sign. */ 7590 sp = (sign_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(sign_T)); 7591 if (sp == NULL) 7592 return; 7593 7594 /* Check that next_sign_typenr is not already being used. 7595 * This only happens after wrapping around. Hopefully 7596 * another one got deleted and we can use its number. */ 7597 for (lp = first_sign; lp != NULL; ) 7598 { 7599 if (lp->sn_typenr == next_sign_typenr) 7600 { 7601 ++next_sign_typenr; 7602 if (next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR) 7603 next_sign_typenr = 1; 7604 if (next_sign_typenr == start) 7605 { 7606 vim_free(sp); 7607 EMSG(_("E612: Too many signs defined")); 7608 return; 7609 } 7610 lp = first_sign; /* start all over */ 7611 continue; 7612 } 7613 lp = lp->sn_next; 7614 } 7615 7616 sp->sn_typenr = next_sign_typenr; 7617 if (++next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR) 7618 next_sign_typenr = 1; /* wrap around */ 7619 7620 sp->sn_name = vim_strsave(arg); 7621 if (sp->sn_name == NULL) /* out of memory */ 7622 { 7623 vim_free(sp); 7624 return; 7625 } 7626 7627 /* add the new sign to the list of signs */ 7628 if (sp_prev == NULL) 7629 first_sign = sp; 7630 else 7631 sp_prev->sn_next = sp; 7632 } 7633 7634 /* set values for a defined sign. */ 7635 for (;;) 7636 { 7637 arg = skipwhite(p); 7638 if (*arg == NUL) 7639 break; 7640 p = skiptowhite_esc(arg); 7641 if (STRNCMP(arg, "icon=", 5) == 0) 7642 { 7643 arg += 5; 7644 vim_free(sp->sn_icon); 7645 sp->sn_icon = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(p - arg)); 7646 backslash_halve(sp->sn_icon); 7647 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 7648 if (gui.in_use) 7649 { 7650 out_flush(); 7651 if (sp->sn_image != NULL) 7652 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image); 7653 sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon); 7654 } 7655 # endif 7656 } 7657 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "text=", 5) == 0) 7658 { 7659 char_u *s; 7660 int cells; 7661 int len; 7662 7663 arg += 5; 7664 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7665 /* Count cells and check for non-printable chars */ 7666 if (has_mbyte) 7667 { 7668 cells = 0; 7669 for (s = arg; s < p; s += (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) 7670 { 7671 if (!vim_isprintc((*mb_ptr2char)(s))) 7672 break; 7673 cells += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s); 7674 } 7675 } 7676 else 7677 # endif 7678 { 7679 for (s = arg; s < p; ++s) 7680 if (!vim_isprintc(*s)) 7681 break; 7682 cells = (int)(s - arg); 7683 } 7684 /* Currently must be one or two display cells */ 7685 if (s != p || cells < 1 || cells > 2) 7686 { 7687 *p = NUL; 7688 EMSG2(_("E239: Invalid sign text: %s"), arg); 7689 return; 7690 } 7691 7692 vim_free(sp->sn_text); 7693 /* Allocate one byte more if we need to pad up 7694 * with a space. */ 7695 len = (int)(p - arg + ((cells == 1) ? 1 : 0)); 7696 sp->sn_text = vim_strnsave(arg, len); 7697 7698 if (sp->sn_text != NULL && cells == 1) 7699 STRCPY(sp->sn_text + len - 1, " "); 7700 } 7701 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "linehl=", 7) == 0) 7702 { 7703 arg += 7; 7704 sp->sn_line_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg)); 7705 } 7706 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "texthl=", 7) == 0) 7707 { 7708 arg += 7; 7709 sp->sn_text_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg)); 7710 } 7711 else 7712 { 7713 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 7714 return; 7715 } 7716 } 7717 } 7718 else if (sp == NULL) 7719 EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), arg); 7720 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST) 7721 /* ":sign list {name}" */ 7722 sign_list_defined(sp); 7723 else 7724 /* ":sign undefine {name}" */ 7725 sign_undefine(sp, sp_prev); 7726 } 7727 } 7728 else 7729 { 7730 int id = -1; 7731 linenr_T lnum = -1; 7732 char_u *sign_name = NULL; 7733 char_u *arg1; 7734 7735 if (*arg == NUL) 7736 { 7737 if (idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE) 7738 { 7739 /* ":sign place": list placed signs in all buffers */ 7740 sign_list_placed(NULL); 7741 } 7742 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) 7743 { 7744 /* ":sign unplace": remove placed sign at cursor */ 7745 id = buf_findsign_id(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 7746 if (id > 0) 7747 { 7748 buf_delsign(curwin->w_buffer, id); 7749 update_debug_sign(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 7750 } 7751 else 7752 EMSG(_("E159: Missing sign number")); 7753 } 7754 else 7755 EMSG(_(e_argreq)); 7756 return; 7757 } 7758 7759 if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && arg[0] == '*' && arg[1] == NUL) 7760 { 7761 /* ":sign unplace *": remove all placed signs */ 7762 buf_delete_all_signs(); 7763 return; 7764 } 7765 7766 /* first arg could be placed sign id */ 7767 arg1 = arg; 7768 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg)) 7769 { 7770 id = getdigits(&arg); 7771 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && *arg != NUL) 7772 { 7773 id = -1; 7774 arg = arg1; 7775 } 7776 else 7777 { 7778 arg = skipwhite(arg); 7779 if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && *arg == NUL) 7780 { 7781 /* ":sign unplace {id}": remove placed sign by number */ 7782 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 7783 if ((lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id)) != 0) 7784 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); 7785 return; 7786 } 7787 } 7788 } 7789 7790 /* 7791 * Check for line={lnum} name={name} and file={fname} or buffer={nr}. 7792 * Leave "arg" pointing to {fname}. 7793 */ 7794 for (;;) 7795 { 7796 if (STRNCMP(arg, "line=", 5) == 0) 7797 { 7798 arg += 5; 7799 lnum = atoi((char *)arg); 7800 arg = skiptowhite(arg); 7801 } 7802 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "*", 1) == 0 && idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) 7803 { 7804 if (id != -1) 7805 { 7806 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7807 return; 7808 } 7809 id = -2; 7810 arg = skiptowhite(arg + 1); 7811 } 7812 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "name=", 5) == 0) 7813 { 7814 arg += 5; 7815 sign_name = arg; 7816 arg = skiptowhite(arg); 7817 if (*arg != NUL) 7818 *arg++ = NUL; 7819 while (sign_name[0] == '0' && sign_name[1] != NUL) 7820 ++sign_name; 7821 } 7822 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "file=", 5) == 0) 7823 { 7824 arg += 5; 7825 buf = buflist_findname(arg); 7826 break; 7827 } 7828 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "buffer=", 7) == 0) 7829 { 7830 arg += 7; 7831 buf = buflist_findnr((int)getdigits(&arg)); 7832 if (*skipwhite(arg) != NUL) 7833 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 7834 break; 7835 } 7836 else 7837 { 7838 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7839 return; 7840 } 7841 arg = skipwhite(arg); 7842 } 7843 7844 if (buf == NULL) 7845 { 7846 EMSG2(_("E158: Invalid buffer name: %s"), arg); 7847 } 7848 else if (id <= 0 && !(idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && id == -2)) 7849 { 7850 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) 7851 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7852 else 7853 /* ":sign place file={fname}": list placed signs in one file */ 7854 sign_list_placed(buf); 7855 } 7856 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_JUMP) 7857 { 7858 /* ":sign jump {id} file={fname}" */ 7859 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) 7860 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7861 else if ((lnum = buf_findsign(buf, id)) > 0) 7862 { /* goto a sign ... */ 7863 if (buf_jump_open_win(buf) != NULL) 7864 { /* ... in a current window */ 7865 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 7866 check_cursor_lnum(); 7867 beginline(BL_WHITE); 7868 } 7869 else 7870 { /* ... not currently in a window */ 7871 char_u *cmd; 7872 7873 if (buf->b_fname == NULL) 7874 { 7875 EMSG(_("E934: Cannot jump to a buffer that does not have a name")); 7876 return; 7877 } 7878 cmd = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(buf->b_fname) + 25); 7879 if (cmd == NULL) 7880 return; 7881 sprintf((char *)cmd, "e +%ld %s", (long)lnum, buf->b_fname); 7882 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 7883 vim_free(cmd); 7884 } 7885 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7886 foldOpenCursor(); 7887 # endif 7888 } 7889 else 7890 EMSGN(_("E157: Invalid sign ID: %ld"), id); 7891 } 7892 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) 7893 { 7894 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) 7895 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7896 else if (id == -2) 7897 { 7898 /* ":sign unplace * file={fname}" */ 7899 redraw_buf_later(buf, NOT_VALID); 7900 buf_delete_signs(buf); 7901 } 7902 else 7903 { 7904 /* ":sign unplace {id} file={fname}" */ 7905 lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id); 7906 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); 7907 } 7908 } 7909 /* idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE */ 7910 else if (sign_name != NULL) 7911 { 7912 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 7913 if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, sign_name) == 0) 7914 break; 7915 if (sp == NULL) 7916 { 7917 EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), sign_name); 7918 return; 7919 } 7920 if (lnum > 0) 7921 /* ":sign place {id} line={lnum} name={name} file={fname}": 7922 * place a sign */ 7923 buf_addsign(buf, id, lnum, sp->sn_typenr); 7924 else 7925 /* ":sign place {id} file={fname}": change sign type */ 7926 lnum = buf_change_sign_type(buf, id, sp->sn_typenr); 7927 if (lnum > 0) 7928 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); 7929 else 7930 EMSG2(_("E885: Not possible to change sign %s"), sign_name); 7931 } 7932 else 7933 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7934 } 7935 } 7936 7937 # if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) 7938 /* 7939 * Allocate the icons. Called when the GUI has started. Allows defining 7940 * signs before it starts. 7941 */ 7942 void 7943 sign_gui_started(void) 7944 { 7945 sign_T *sp; 7946 7947 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 7948 if (sp->sn_icon != NULL) 7949 sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon); 7950 } 7951 # endif 7952 7953 /* 7954 * List one sign. 7955 */ 7956 static void 7957 sign_list_defined(sign_T *sp) 7958 { 7959 char_u *p; 7960 7961 smsg((char_u *)"sign %s", sp->sn_name); 7962 if (sp->sn_icon != NULL) 7963 { 7964 MSG_PUTS(" icon="); 7965 msg_outtrans(sp->sn_icon); 7966 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 7967 if (sp->sn_image == NULL) 7968 MSG_PUTS(_(" (NOT FOUND)")); 7969 # else 7970 MSG_PUTS(_(" (not supported)")); 7971 # endif 7972 } 7973 if (sp->sn_text != NULL) 7974 { 7975 MSG_PUTS(" text="); 7976 msg_outtrans(sp->sn_text); 7977 } 7978 if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0) 7979 { 7980 MSG_PUTS(" linehl="); 7981 p = get_highlight_name_ext(NULL, sp->sn_line_hl - 1, FALSE); 7982 if (p == NULL) 7983 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); 7984 else 7985 msg_puts(p); 7986 } 7987 if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0) 7988 { 7989 MSG_PUTS(" texthl="); 7990 p = get_highlight_name_ext(NULL, sp->sn_text_hl - 1, FALSE); 7991 if (p == NULL) 7992 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); 7993 else 7994 msg_puts(p); 7995 } 7996 } 7997 7998 /* 7999 * Undefine a sign and free its memory. 8000 */ 8001 static void 8002 sign_undefine(sign_T *sp, sign_T *sp_prev) 8003 { 8004 vim_free(sp->sn_name); 8005 vim_free(sp->sn_icon); 8006 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 8007 if (sp->sn_image != NULL) 8008 { 8009 out_flush(); 8010 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image); 8011 } 8012 # endif 8013 vim_free(sp->sn_text); 8014 if (sp_prev == NULL) 8015 first_sign = sp->sn_next; 8016 else 8017 sp_prev->sn_next = sp->sn_next; 8018 vim_free(sp); 8019 } 8020 8021 /* 8022 * Get highlighting attribute for sign "typenr". 8023 * If "line" is TRUE: line highl, if FALSE: text highl. 8024 */ 8025 int 8026 sign_get_attr(int typenr, int line) 8027 { 8028 sign_T *sp; 8029 8030 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8031 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8032 { 8033 if (line) 8034 { 8035 if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0) 8036 return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_line_hl); 8037 } 8038 else 8039 { 8040 if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0) 8041 return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_text_hl); 8042 } 8043 break; 8044 } 8045 return 0; 8046 } 8047 8048 /* 8049 * Get text mark for sign "typenr". 8050 * Returns NULL if there isn't one. 8051 */ 8052 char_u * 8053 sign_get_text(int typenr) 8054 { 8055 sign_T *sp; 8056 8057 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8058 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8059 return sp->sn_text; 8060 return NULL; 8061 } 8062 8063 # if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) 8064 void * 8065 sign_get_image( 8066 int typenr) /* the attribute which may have a sign */ 8067 { 8068 sign_T *sp; 8069 8070 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8071 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8072 return sp->sn_image; 8073 return NULL; 8074 } 8075 # endif 8076 8077 /* 8078 * Get the name of a sign by its typenr. 8079 */ 8080 char_u * 8081 sign_typenr2name(int typenr) 8082 { 8083 sign_T *sp; 8084 8085 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8086 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8087 return sp->sn_name; 8088 return (char_u *)_("[Deleted]"); 8089 } 8090 8091 # if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 8092 /* 8093 * Undefine/free all signs. 8094 */ 8095 void 8096 free_signs(void) 8097 { 8098 while (first_sign != NULL) 8099 sign_undefine(first_sign, NULL); 8100 } 8101 # endif 8102 8103 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 8104 static enum 8105 { 8106 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand :sign sub-commands */ 8107 EXP_DEFINE, /* expand :sign define {name} args */ 8108 EXP_PLACE, /* expand :sign place {id} args */ 8109 EXP_UNPLACE, /* expand :sign unplace" */ 8110 EXP_SIGN_NAMES /* expand with name of placed signs */ 8111 } expand_what; 8112 8113 /* 8114 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the sign command 8115 * expansion. 8116 */ 8117 char_u * 8118 get_sign_name(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx) 8119 { 8120 sign_T *sp; 8121 int current_idx; 8122 8123 switch (expand_what) 8124 { 8125 case EXP_SUBCMD: 8126 return (char_u *)cmds[idx]; 8127 case EXP_DEFINE: 8128 { 8129 char *define_arg[] = 8130 { 8131 "icon=", "linehl=", "text=", "texthl=", NULL 8132 }; 8133 return (char_u *)define_arg[idx]; 8134 } 8135 case EXP_PLACE: 8136 { 8137 char *place_arg[] = 8138 { 8139 "line=", "name=", "file=", "buffer=", NULL 8140 }; 8141 return (char_u *)place_arg[idx]; 8142 } 8143 case EXP_UNPLACE: 8144 { 8145 char *unplace_arg[] = { "file=", "buffer=", NULL }; 8146 return (char_u *)unplace_arg[idx]; 8147 } 8148 case EXP_SIGN_NAMES: 8149 /* Complete with name of signs already defined */ 8150 current_idx = 0; 8151 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8152 if (current_idx++ == idx) 8153 return sp->sn_name; 8154 return NULL; 8155 default: 8156 return NULL; 8157 } 8158 } 8159 8160 /* 8161 * Handle command line completion for :sign command. 8162 */ 8163 void 8164 set_context_in_sign_cmd(expand_T *xp, char_u *arg) 8165 { 8166 char_u *p; 8167 char_u *end_subcmd; 8168 char_u *last; 8169 int cmd_idx; 8170 char_u *begin_subcmd_args; 8171 8172 /* Default: expand subcommands. */ 8173 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SIGN; 8174 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD; 8175 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 8176 8177 end_subcmd = skiptowhite(arg); 8178 if (*end_subcmd == NUL) 8179 /* expand subcmd name 8180 * :sign {subcmd}<CTRL-D>*/ 8181 return; 8182 8183 cmd_idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, end_subcmd); 8184 8185 /* :sign {subcmd} {subcmd_args} 8186 * | 8187 * begin_subcmd_args */ 8188 begin_subcmd_args = skipwhite(end_subcmd); 8189 p = skiptowhite(begin_subcmd_args); 8190 if (*p == NUL) 8191 { 8192 /* 8193 * Expand first argument of subcmd when possible. 8194 * For ":jump {id}" and ":unplace {id}", we could 8195 * possibly expand the ids of all signs already placed. 8196 */ 8197 xp->xp_pattern = begin_subcmd_args; 8198 switch (cmd_idx) 8199 { 8200 case SIGNCMD_LIST: 8201 case SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE: 8202 /* :sign list <CTRL-D> 8203 * :sign undefine <CTRL-D> */ 8204 expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES; 8205 break; 8206 default: 8207 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8208 } 8209 return; 8210 } 8211 8212 /* expand last argument of subcmd */ 8213 8214 /* :sign define {name} {args}... 8215 * | 8216 * p */ 8217 8218 /* Loop until reaching last argument. */ 8219 do 8220 { 8221 p = skipwhite(p); 8222 last = p; 8223 p = skiptowhite(p); 8224 } while (*p != NUL); 8225 8226 p = vim_strchr(last, '='); 8227 8228 /* :sign define {name} {args}... {last}= 8229 * | | 8230 * last p */ 8231 if (p == NULL) 8232 { 8233 /* Expand last argument name (before equal sign). */ 8234 xp->xp_pattern = last; 8235 switch (cmd_idx) 8236 { 8237 case SIGNCMD_DEFINE: 8238 expand_what = EXP_DEFINE; 8239 break; 8240 case SIGNCMD_PLACE: 8241 expand_what = EXP_PLACE; 8242 break; 8243 case SIGNCMD_JUMP: 8244 case SIGNCMD_UNPLACE: 8245 expand_what = EXP_UNPLACE; 8246 break; 8247 default: 8248 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8249 } 8250 } 8251 else 8252 { 8253 /* Expand last argument value (after equal sign). */ 8254 xp->xp_pattern = p + 1; 8255 switch (cmd_idx) 8256 { 8257 case SIGNCMD_DEFINE: 8258 if (STRNCMP(last, "texthl", p - last) == 0 || 8259 STRNCMP(last, "linehl", p - last) == 0) 8260 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; 8261 else if (STRNCMP(last, "icon", p - last) == 0) 8262 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; 8263 else 8264 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8265 break; 8266 case SIGNCMD_PLACE: 8267 if (STRNCMP(last, "name", p - last) == 0) 8268 expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES; 8269 else 8270 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8271 break; 8272 default: 8273 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8274 } 8275 } 8276 } 8277 # endif 8278 #endif 8279 8280 /* 8281 * Make the user happy. 8282 */ 8283 void 8284 ex_smile(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 8285 { 8286 static char *code[] = { 8287 "\34 \4o\14$\4ox\30 \2o\30$\1ox\25 \2o\36$\1o\11 \1o\1$\3 \2$\1 \1o\1$x\5 \1o\1 \1$\1 \2o\10 \1o\44$\1o\7 \2$\1 \2$\1 \2$\1o\1$x\2 \2o\1 \1$\1 \1$\1 \1\"\1$\6 \1o\11$\4 \15$\4 \11$\1o\7 \3$\1o\2$\1o\1$x\2 \1\"\6$\1o\1$\5 \1o\11$\6 \13$\6 \12$\1o\4 \10$x\4 \7$\4 \13$\6 \13$\6 \27$x\4 \27$\4 \15$\4 \16$\2 \3\"\3$x\5 \1\"\3$\4\"\61$\5 \1\"\3$x\6 \3$\3 \1o\62$\5 \1\"\3$\1ox\5 \1o\2$\1\"\3 \63$\7 \3$\1ox\5 \3$\4 \55$\1\"\1 \1\"\6$", 8288 "\5o\4$\1ox\4 \1o\3$\4o\5$\2 \45$\3 \1o\21$x\4 \10$\1\"\4$\3 \42$\5 \4$\10\"x\3 \4\"\7 \4$\4 \1\"\34$\1\"\6 \1o\3$x\16 \1\"\3$\1o\5 \3\"\22$\1\"\2$\1\"\11 \3$x\20 \3$\1o\12 \1\"\2$\2\"\6$\4\"\13 \1o\3$x\21 \4$\1o\40 \1o\3$\1\"x\22 \1\"\4$\1o\6 \1o\6$\1o\1\"\4$\1o\10 \1o\4$x\24 \1\"\5$\2o\5 \2\"\4$\1o\5$\1o\3 \1o\4$\2\"x\27 \2\"\5$\4o\2 \1\"\3$\1o\11$\3\"x\32 \2\"\7$\2o\1 \12$x\42 \4\"\13$x\46 \14$x\47 \12$\1\"x\50 \1\"\3$\4\"x" 8289 }; 8290 char *p; 8291 int n; 8292 int i; 8293 8294 msg_start(); 8295 msg_putchar('\n'); 8296 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) 8297 for (p = code[i]; *p != NUL; ++p) 8298 if (*p == 'x') 8299 msg_putchar('\n'); 8300 else 8301 for (n = *p++; n > 0; --n) 8302 if (*p == 'o' || *p == '$') 8303 msg_putchar_attr(*p, HL_ATTR(HLF_L)); 8304 else 8305 msg_putchar(*p); 8306 msg_clr_eos(); 8307 } 8308 8309 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) || defined(PROTO) 8310 /* 8311 * ":drop" 8312 * Opens the first argument in a window. When there are two or more arguments 8313 * the argument list is redefined. 8314 */ 8315 void 8316 ex_drop(exarg_T *eap) 8317 { 8318 int split = FALSE; 8319 win_T *wp; 8320 buf_T *buf; 8321 tabpage_T *tp; 8322 8323 /* 8324 * Check if the first argument is already being edited in a window. If 8325 * so, jump to that window. 8326 * We would actually need to check all arguments, but that's complicated 8327 * and mostly only one file is dropped. 8328 * This also ignores wildcards, since it is very unlikely the user is 8329 * editing a file name with a wildcard character. 8330 */ 8331 set_arglist(eap->arg); 8332 8333 /* 8334 * Expanding wildcards may result in an empty argument list. E.g. when 8335 * editing "foo.pyc" and ".pyc" is in 'wildignore'. Assume that we 8336 * already did an error message for this. 8337 */ 8338 if (ARGCOUNT == 0) 8339 return; 8340 8341 if (cmdmod.tab) 8342 { 8343 /* ":tab drop file ...": open a tab for each argument that isn't 8344 * edited in a window yet. It's like ":tab all" but without closing 8345 * windows or tabs. */ 8346 ex_all(eap); 8347 } 8348 else 8349 { 8350 /* ":drop file ...": Edit the first argument. Jump to an existing 8351 * window if possible, edit in current window if the current buffer 8352 * can be abandoned, otherwise open a new window. */ 8353 buf = buflist_findnr(ARGLIST[0].ae_fnum); 8354 8355 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8356 { 8357 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 8358 { 8359 goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp); 8360 curwin->w_arg_idx = 0; 8361 return; 8362 } 8363 } 8364 8365 /* 8366 * Check whether the current buffer is changed. If so, we will need 8367 * to split the current window or data could be lost. 8368 * Skip the check if the 'hidden' option is set, as in this case the 8369 * buffer won't be lost. 8370 */ 8371 if (!buf_hide(curbuf)) 8372 { 8373 ++emsg_off; 8374 split = check_changed(curbuf, CCGD_AW | CCGD_EXCMD); 8375 --emsg_off; 8376 } 8377 8378 /* Fake a ":sfirst" or ":first" command edit the first argument. */ 8379 if (split) 8380 { 8381 eap->cmdidx = CMD_sfirst; 8382 eap->cmd[0] = 's'; 8383 } 8384 else 8385 eap->cmdidx = CMD_first; 8386 ex_rewind(eap); 8387 } 8388 } 8389 #endif 8390 8391 /* 8392 * Skip over the pattern argument of ":vimgrep /pat/[g][j]". 8393 * Put the start of the pattern in "*s", unless "s" is NULL. 8394 * If "flags" is not NULL put the flags in it: VGR_GLOBAL, VGR_NOJUMP. 8395 * If "s" is not NULL terminate the pattern with a NUL. 8396 * Return a pointer to the char just past the pattern plus flags. 8397 */ 8398 char_u * 8399 skip_vimgrep_pat(char_u *p, char_u **s, int *flags) 8400 { 8401 int c; 8402 8403 if (vim_isIDc(*p)) 8404 { 8405 /* ":vimgrep pattern fname" */ 8406 if (s != NULL) 8407 *s = p; 8408 p = skiptowhite(p); 8409 if (s != NULL && *p != NUL) 8410 *p++ = NUL; 8411 } 8412 else 8413 { 8414 /* ":vimgrep /pattern/[g][j] fname" */ 8415 if (s != NULL) 8416 *s = p + 1; 8417 c = *p; 8418 p = skip_regexp(p + 1, c, TRUE, NULL); 8419 if (*p != c) 8420 return NULL; 8421 8422 /* Truncate the pattern. */ 8423 if (s != NULL) 8424 *p = NUL; 8425 ++p; 8426 8427 /* Find the flags */ 8428 while (*p == 'g' || *p == 'j') 8429 { 8430 if (flags != NULL) 8431 { 8432 if (*p == 'g') 8433 *flags |= VGR_GLOBAL; 8434 else 8435 *flags |= VGR_NOJUMP; 8436 } 8437 ++p; 8438 } 8439 } 8440 return p; 8441 } 8442 8443 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 8444 /* 8445 * List v:oldfiles in a nice way. 8446 */ 8447 void 8448 ex_oldfiles(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 8449 { 8450 list_T *l = get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES); 8451 listitem_T *li; 8452 int nr = 0; 8453 char_u *fname; 8454 8455 if (l == NULL) 8456 msg((char_u *)_("No old files")); 8457 else 8458 { 8459 msg_start(); 8460 msg_scroll = TRUE; 8461 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL && !got_int; li = li->li_next) 8462 { 8463 ++nr; 8464 fname = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv); 8465 if (!message_filtered(fname)) 8466 { 8467 msg_outnum((long)nr); 8468 MSG_PUTS(": "); 8469 msg_outtrans(fname); 8470 msg_clr_eos(); 8471 msg_putchar('\n'); 8472 out_flush(); /* output one line at a time */ 8473 ui_breakcheck(); 8474 } 8475 } 8476 8477 /* Assume "got_int" was set to truncate the listing. */ 8478 got_int = FALSE; 8479 8480 # ifdef FEAT_BROWSE_CMD 8481 if (cmdmod.browse) 8482 { 8483 quit_more = FALSE; 8484 nr = prompt_for_number(FALSE); 8485 msg_starthere(); 8486 if (nr > 0) 8487 { 8488 char_u *p = list_find_str(get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES), 8489 (long)nr); 8490 8491 if (p != NULL) 8492 { 8493 p = expand_env_save(p); 8494 eap->arg = p; 8495 eap->cmdidx = CMD_edit; 8496 cmdmod.browse = FALSE; 8497 do_exedit(eap, NULL); 8498 vim_free(p); 8499 } 8500 } 8501 } 8502 # endif 8503 } 8504 } 8505 #endif 8506